OMT162125 Unlocked

O
C
690E LC
D
Excavator
(Serial No. 559603—)
OPERATORS MANUAL
690E LC Excavator
(Serial No. 559603—)
OMT162125 F7 English
F 7
O M T 1 6 2 1 2 5
John Deere Dubuque Works

OMT162125 F7
(Mark old manual OMT154565 J4 for
machines up to Serial No. 559602)
LITHO IN U.S.A.
ENGLISH
Introduction
T100255 –19–14FEB96
TX,INTR,DT5002 –19–06JUN97–1/2
070397
PN=2
Introduction
–UN–16MAY91
T7527BM
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these
could result in personal injury or equipment damage. numbers when you order parts. File the identification
This manual and safety signs on your machine may numbers in a secure place off the machine.
also be available in other languages. (See your John
Deere dealer to order.) WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
support program for customers who operate and
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
permanent part of your machine and should remain The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
with the machine when you sell it. which you should have received from your dealer.
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both This warranty provides you the assurance that John
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only Deere will back its products where defects appear
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch John Deere also provides field improvements, often
wrench. without charge to the customer, even if the product is
out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined modified to change its performance beyond the original
by facing in the direction of forward travel. factory specifications, the warranty will become void
and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS delivery above specifications or otherwise
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately overpowering machines will result in such action.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive
harm.
TX,INTR,DT5002 –19–06JUN97–2/2
070397
PN=3
Introduction
070397
PN=4
Introduction
HELP!! HELP!! HELP!! HELP!!
We need your help to continually improve our technical

publications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideas
and improvements.
SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

P.O. Box 538
Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 303
Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538
FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800
OMT162125 690E LC Excavator Operator’s Manual
Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of “ALL” Operator’s Manuals provided to you? (Check one)
Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Company Name
Address
Phone
FAX No.
Dealer Acct. No.
THANK YOU!
TX,II,FAX –19–18FEB97–1/1
070397
PN=5
Introduction
070397
PN=6
Contents
Page Page
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Break-In

Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1 Break-In
Every 4 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Every 10 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Operator’s Station After the First 50 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Pedals and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 After the First 100 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Monitor Panel and Switch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Monitor Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Pre-Start Inspection
Alternator Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . . 20-1
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Air Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Operating the Engine
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . 10-5
Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Coolant Temperature Gauge and Coolant/
Pre-Operation Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . 10-5
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
Fuel Gauge and Low Fuel Level Indicator . . . . . 10-6 Starting Fluid—If Equipped (Cold Weather
Engine Oil Level Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Starting Aid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Coolant Level Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Using Booster Batteries—24 Volt System. . . . . . 25-5
Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Check Instruments After Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Switch Panel 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Warming Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Pre-Operation Level Check Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Cold Weather Warm Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Buzzer and Buzzer Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Driving the Machine
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Steering the Machine Using Pedals . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Steering the Machine Using Levers . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Switch Panel 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Removing Propel Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Rear Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Driving 690E LC Long Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Propel Speed Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Air Flow Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Travel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Left Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Travel Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Cab Door Release Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-8
Opening Upper Front Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Parking Machine During Freezing Weather . . . . 30-9
Closing Upper Front Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Lock All Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-9
Removing and Storing Lower Front Window. . . 10-18
Opening Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Operating the Machine
Opening the Roof Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Secondary Exit Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Converting Control Levers to John
Adjusting the Suspension Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Deere Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Control Levers John Deere Pattern . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Toolbox (A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Cab Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  1997
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
i
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Track Adjuster, Working Tool Pivot,
Swing Brake Release Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Swing Bearing, and Swing Bearing Gear
Auto-Idle Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Machine Operating Modes (Dig Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Functions Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Work Mode Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Power Mode (Engine Speed) Select Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Power Boost Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Periodic Maintenance
Operating Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals. . . . 50-1
Driving Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Check the Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Driving on Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2
Driving Down a Slope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Prepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2
Driving Up a Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Open Left Access Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3
Steep or Slippery Slope, Boom Uphill. . . . . . . . 35-13 Open Right Access Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4
Steep or Slippery Slope, Boom Downhill . . . . . 35-13 Open Hood and Top Access Door . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4
Moving Machine Off an Embankment. . . . . . . . 35-14 Maintenance and Repair Record
Leveling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15 Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5
Using Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15 OILSCAN Plus and CoolScan . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6
Planning Spoil Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18 Maintenance and Repair Record
Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18 Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7
Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20
Truck Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21 Maintenance—As Required
Operating in Water and Mud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21 Check Track Sag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Clean Track Frame Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22 Adjusting Track Sag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23 Check Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Operating Information for Long Front Clean Air Cleaner Dust Cup and
Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24 Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Using Quick-Coupler Type Attachments . . . . . . 35-25 Clean Dusty Primary Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
System Controller Bypass Procedure . . . . . . . . 35-26 Clean Oily or Sooty Primary Element . . . . . . . . . 55-4
Lowering Boom With Engine Stopped . . . . . . . 35-28 Inspect Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Raising Boom With Engine Stopped. . . . . . . . . 35-29 Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Swinging Machine With Engine Stopped . . . . . 35-30 Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Inspect Serpentine Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Transporting Drain Fuel Tank Sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Drain Primary Fuel Filter (Water Separator) . . . . 55-9
Fasten Machine to Trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Clean Trash Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10
Unloading Machine from Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3
Transporting Long Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Lifting the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-5 Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Towing Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Check Air Cleaner Dust Cup and
Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Fuels and Lubricants Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-1 Check Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers . . .. .. .. .. 45-1
Storing Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-2 Maintenance—Every 50 Hours
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . .. .. .. .. 45-2 Lubricate Boom, Arm, and Bucket Linkage . . . . . 65-1
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-3
Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-4 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours
Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-5 Change Engine Oil and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Propel Gearbox Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 45-6 Check Radiator Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-3
Track Roller, Front Idler, and Carrier
Roller Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Continued on next page
ii
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
Check Propel Gearbox Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4 Adding 12–Volt Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14
Lubricate Swing Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5 Welding on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Inspect Long Front Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6 Changing Travel Alarm Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Checking Travel Alarm System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Maintenance—Every 500 Hours Clean Hydraulic Tank Inlet Screen . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
Lubricate Swing Bearing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 Adjusting Arm Cylinder Restrictor . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Replace Final Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2 Adjusting Control Valve Spool Stop
Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3 Screws—690E LC Long Front. . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Replacing Bucket Tooth Tip—Heavy-
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4 Duty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21
Add Coolant Conditioner to Radiator . . . . . . . . . 80-6 Adjusting Bucket Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-22
Change Primary Fuel Filter (Water Separator) . . 80-7 Removing the Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Change Hydraulic Return Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8 Checking Windshield Washer Fluid Level . . . . . 90-23
Do Not Service Control Valves,
Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours Cylinders, Pumps, or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Replace Air Cleaner Dust Cup and Track Sag General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Change Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Check Track Shoe Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . 90-25
Check Engine Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Inch Bolt and Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-26
Engine Speed Control Linkage Adjustment. . . . . 85-3 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-28
Check and Adjust Engine Valve Lash Metric Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
(Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Fittings and Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube . . . . . 85-7 O-Ring Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32
Change Hydraulic Pilot Control Filter . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34
Change Hydraulic Oil and Clean Diffuser Flare and Cone Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35
Screen for Long Front Attachment . . . . . . . . . 85-9 Flared Connections, Straight or Tapered . . . . . 90-36
Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings . . . . . . . . 90-37
Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting. . . . . . . . 90-39
Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
Change Propel Gearbox Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1 Operational Checkout
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter . . . . 86-2 Operational Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Change Hydraulic Oil and Clean Diffuser Cooling System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Screen—Standard Front Attachment. . . . . . . . 86-3 Radiator Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Coolant Level and Coolant Condition in
Maintenance Overflow Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Drain the Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1 Coolant Hoses and Clamps Check . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Bleeding the Fuel System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2 Water Pump Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Engine Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2 Fan Blades Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Check Hoses, Radiator, and Oil Cooler . . . . . . . 90-3 Fan Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Fan Shroud and Fan Guard Check. . . . . . . . . . . 95-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4 Fan Belt Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4
Test the Coolant Freeze—Protection Level . . . . 90-5 Radiator Outside Air Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4
Do Not Service Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5 Radiator Internal Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5
Do Not Change Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Operator Station Checks—Key Switch On,
Draining Primary Fuel Filter (Water Engine Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5
Separator) and Final Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Gauges, Monitor, Propel Speed Indicator,
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . . 90-7 Propel Speed Switch, Auto-Idle Indicator,
Service Batteries Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8 Auto-Idle Switch and Battery Relay . . . . . . . . . 95-5
Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Gauges, Monitor, Propel Speed Indicator,
Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-10 Propel Speed Switch, Auto-Idle Indicator,
Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 Auto-Idle Switch and Battery Relay (Continued)
Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-6
Replacing Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12
Fuse (Blade-Type) Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14 Continued on next page
iii
PN=3
Contents
Page Page
Work Mode Indicator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-7 Accessories Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28

Engine Speed Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-7 Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28
Fluid Level (Coolant, Hydraulic Oil, and Windshield Wiper Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28
Engine Oil) Indicator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-8 Windshield Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-29
Pilot Control Shut-Off Valve Linkage . . . . . . . . . 95-8 Cab Dome Light Circuit Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-29
Propel Lever and Pedal Cushion Cylinder . . . . . 95-9 Travel Alarm Stop Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-29
Operator Station Checks—Engine On . . . . . . . 95-10 Horn Circuit Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-29
Monitor Circuit, Gauges and Hour Meter . . . . . 95-10 Cigar Lighter Circuit Check (Optional) . . . . . . . 95-30
Engine Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-11 Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
Engine Speed Control (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . 95-11 Seat Doors, Windows, Latches, and
System Controller Indicator Light Bulb Locks Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-11 Seat Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-31
System Controller Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-12 Upper Front Window Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-32
System Controller Check Mode—Propel Lower Front Window Store Position Check. . . . 95-32
Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-12 Right Hand and Left Hand Side Window . . . . . 95-33
System Controller Check Mode— Cab Door Latch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-33
Sensing Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-13 Left Front Access Door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-34
System Controller Adjust Mode—Low Idle/ Left Rear Access Door Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-35
High Idle Correct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-14 Left Rear Access Door Cover (Continued) . . . . 95-36
System Controller Manual Bypass Valve . . . . . 95-14 Air Cleaner Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-36
Pilot Shut-Off Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15 Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-37
Pilot Shut-Off Valve (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15 Right Side Access Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-37
Pump Regulator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-38
Auto-Idle Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-16
Engine Mode Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-16 Troubleshooting
Work Mode Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-17 Using Troubleshooting Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1
Start Aid System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-17 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2
Travel Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-17 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-8
Travel Alarm Stop Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-18 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-14
Undercarriage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-18
Track Sag, Roller and Idler Leakage . . . . . . . . 95-18 Storage
Sprocket Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19 Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Grouser Wear, Bent Track Shoe, and Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Loose Hardware Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19
Track Link Roller and Front Idler Wear Machine Numbers
Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19 Product Identification Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20 Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20 Propel Gearbox Serial Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Visual Inspection (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20 Hydraulic Pump Serial Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Hydraulic Tank Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20
Pilot Controller Pattern Check (SAE Specifications
Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-21 690E LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
Pilot Controller Pattern Check (John Deere 690E LC Working Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-3
Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-21 690E LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-4
Pilot Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-22 690E LC Bucket Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . 115-5
Swing Brake Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-22 690E LC Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
Dig Function Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-23 690E LC Lift Capacity—Kg (Lb) . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
Control Valve (Lift Check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-23 690E LC Long Front Specifications . . . . . . . . 115-10
Cycle Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-24 690E LC Long Front Working Ranges . . . . . . 115-12
Propel System Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25 690E LC Long Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13
Propel Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25 690E LC Long Front Bucket Specifications. . . 115-13
Work Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-26
Work Modes (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-27 Continued on next page
iv
PN=4
Contents
Page
690E LC Long Front Lift Capacity (8,200

lb Counterweight)—Kg (Lb). . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-14
690E LC Long Front Lift Capacity
(10,200 lb Counterweight)—Kg (Lb) . . . . . . 115-16
690E LC Long Front (10,200 lb
Counterweight)—Kg (Lb). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-18
690E LC and 690E LC Long Front Drain
and Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-20
Crime Prevention Tips

Help Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . ............. 120-1
Record Identification Numbers ............. 120-1
Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . ............. 120-1
Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . ............. 120-2
When Parking Outdoors . . . . . ............. 120-2
Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . ............. 120-2
Report Thefts Immediately . . . ............. 120-3
John Deere Service Literature Available

Parts Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. SLIT-1
Operator’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. SLIT-1
Technical and Service Manuals . . . . . . . . . .. SLIT-1
Fundamentals of Service Manuals . . . . . . . .. SLIT-2
Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIS-1
John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job

John Deere Is At Your Service When
You Need It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-1
v
PN=5
Contents
vi
PN=6
Safety
JOHN DEERE EXCAVATOR SAFETY FEATURES
T102884 –19–07AUG96
TX,05,DT5053 –19–09JUN97–1/1
05–1 070397
PN=9
Safety
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.
T81389 –UN–07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
DX,ALERT –19–03MAR93–1/1
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS
A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
TS187 –19–30SEP88
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.
DX,SIGNAL –19–03MAR93–1/1
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs.
TS201 –UN–23AUG88
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without
instruction.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.

Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
TX,05,FF1808 –19–28JUN90–1/1
05–2 070397
PN=10
Safety
AVOID INJURY FROM:

LOADING MACHINE ON A TRAILER,
FASTENING MACHINE TO TRAILER,
UNLOADING MACHINE FROM TRAILER
----------------------------------
ALWAYS USE CAUTION WHEN LOADING
–UN–28JUN95
AND UNLOADING MACHINES ON A TRAILER
----------------------------------
ALWAYS KNOW AND FOLLOW THE
T8513AB
RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES FOR THE
MACHINE, BECAUSE ALL MACHINES ARE
NOT LOADED, FASTENED, AND UNLOADED
THE SAME WAY
----------------------------------
ALWAYS KEEP BYSTANDERS CLEAR OF
THE AREA
–UN–29NOV90
To avoid injury:
Keep the trailer bed clean.
T7405BJ
Park the trailer on a firm, hard, level surface that will not
give way when the weight of the machine is on the trailer.
Put chock blocks against truck wheels.
Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong

enough to adequately handle the load and have a low
angle and correct height.
If machine is equipped with a seatbelt, fasten it before

starting the engine.
Drive machine on or off the ramp slowly.
Fasten chains or cables to machine tracks or track chain

links. Do not place chains or cable over or against
hydraulic lines or hoses.
TRAILER,RR5421 –19–10AUG95–1/1
05–3 070397
PN=11
Safety
AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER

ACCIDENTS
----------------------------------
BEFORE MOVING MACHINE, BE SURE ALL
PERSONS ARE CLEAR OF AREA
----------------------------------
–UN–21FEB90
ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS
MOVING INTO THE WORK AREA. USE
HORN OR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN
T7241AY
BYSTANDERS
BEFORE MOVING MACHINE
----------------------------------
WHEN USING A SIGNAL PERSON, KEEP
PERSON IN VIEW AT ALL TIMES, BE SURE
SIGNAL PERSON IS CLEAR BEFORE
BACKING UP
To avoid backover accidents:
Always look around before you back up. Be sure that

everyone is in the clear.
Keep travel alarm in working condition.
Use a signal person when backing up if view is

obstructed. Always keep signal person in view.
Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings used

on the job and who has the responsibility for signaling.
Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good

condition.
Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As

visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.
Read and understand the operating instructions in this

operator’s manual.
TX,05,2432 –19–13AUG91–1/1
05–4 070397
PN=12
Safety
AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAY

ACCIDENTS
--------------------------------
TO PREVENT ROLLAWAY, ALWAYS MAKE
SURE MACHINE IS PROPERLY SECURED
BEFORE LEAVING OPERATOR’S SEAT
T7241AZ –UN–21FEB90
--------------------------------
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT
IF YOU ATTEMPT TO MOUNT OR STOP A
MOVING MACHINE
To avoid rollaways:
Select level ground when possible to park machine.
Pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.
Lower all equipment to ground.
Stop the engine.
Block all tracks if you must park on a grade. Position

machine to prevent rolling.
Park a reasonable distance from other machines.
Read and understand the operating instructions in this

operator’s manual.
TX,05,FF2433 –19–22MAY91–1/1
INSPECT MACHINE
Inspect your machine carefully each day by walking

around it before you start it. (See Pre-Start Inspection
Chapter.)
T6607AQ –UN–18OCT88
T82,BHSA,CL –19–14MAR90–1/1
05–5 070397
PN=13
Safety
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS
Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always maintain a

three point contact with the steps and handrails and face
T6981AN –UN–15JUN89
the machine. Do not use any controls as handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or

dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and

handrails when leaving the machine.
TX,05,DH832 –19–16MAR92–1/1
USE SEAT BELT
Always use the seat belt when operating your machine.
TX,05,DH3732 –19–18AUG95–1/1
05–6 070397
PN=14
Safety
MAINTAIN SEAT BELT
It is important to use the seat belt on ROPS equipped

machines to minimize the chance of injury from an
accident such as an overturn. Keep the seat belt in good
condition.
T103855 –19–11OCT96
IMPORTANT: The complete seat belt assembly should
be replaced after three years of usage,
regardless of appearance.
Between replacement intervals:
Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attaching

hardware.
Be sure that the retractor, if equipped, locks to prevent

belt extension after latching buckle.
T103856 –19–11OCT96
Be sure that attaching hardware is in place. Tighten, if
necessary.
Replace the seat belt if it does not operate properly,

or if it is damaged, worn, or deteriorated.
TX,05,DY644 –19–09OCT96–1/1
MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY
Bystanders can be run over. Know the location of

bystanders before moving, swinging, or operating the
machine.
T7273AL –UN–08JUN90
Always keep the travel alarm in working condition. It
warns people when the machine starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating

the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
TX,05,FF1806 –19–05OCT90–1/1
05–7 070397
PN=15
Safety
OPERATE ONLY FROM OPERATOR’S SEAT
Avoid possible injury or machine damage. Do not start

engine by shorting across starter terminals.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
T6607AO –UN–18OCT88
engine only from operator’s seat.
TX,05,FF1615 –19–14JUN90–1/1
SECONDARY EXITS
Machines equipped with cabs are equipped with

secondary exits. For additional secondary exit information,
see the topic "Opening Secondary Exit Window" in
chapter 10 of this manual.
TX,05,DH5143 –19–09AUG96–1/1
OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY
Clear all persons from area of operation and machine

movement.
Use your seat belt.
Make sure the work site footing has sufficient strength to
firmly support the machine. When working close to an
excavation, position machine with propel motors at the
rear.
Be cautious of tipping when working on frozen ground.

Temperature increases will cause ground to become soft,
making ground unstable.
When digging deep, avoid hitting bottom of boom or

bucket cylinder hoses against the ground.
Use the bucket only for digging. Do not use it as a jack

hammer or wrecking ball.
TX,05,DH3730 –19–09AUG95–1/1
05–8 070397
PN=16
Safety
DIG WITH CAUTION
Before digging, check the location of cables, gas lines,

and water lines.
–UN–08JUN90
T7252AJ
05,RR,592 –19–12JUN90–1/1
OPERATE WITH CAUTION
Avoid contact of boom or arm and overhead obstacles

when you operate the machine.
–UN–08JUN90
T7286AJ
TX,05,RR,602 –19–26FEB91–1/1
AVOID TIPPING
Use your seat belt.
When operating on a slope, keep bucket low to ground

and close to machine. Point tracks uphill.
–UN–08JUN90
Avoid tipping the machine when swinging heavy loads.
Reduce swing speed as necessary.
T7273AE
Be cautious of tipping when working on frozen ground.
Temperature increases will cause ground to become soft
and make ground travel unstable.
TX,05,DH3731 –19–09AUG95–1/1
05–9 070397
PN=17
Safety
AVOID POWER LINES
Serious injury or death can result from contact with

electric lines.
Never move any part of the machine or load closer to
T7273AD –UN–08JUN90
electric line than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator
length.
TX,05,RR,594 –19–12JUN90–1/1
DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY
Use your seat belt.
Before moving machine, find out which way to move

propel pedals/levers for the direction you want to go.
T7273AG –UN–08JUN90
Pushing down on the front of the propel pedals or pushing
the levers moves the machine towards the idlers.
Keep the bucket on the uphill side, approximately 30 cm

(12 in.) (A) above ground, when going up or down hill. If
machine starts to slip or become unstable, lower the
bucket immediately.
TX,05,DH3733 –19–09AUG95–1/1
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive there is

T6458AO –UN–18OCT88
adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe extension

to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows
to bring enough outside air into the area.
02T,05,J9 –19–07JAN91–1/1
05–10 070397
PN=18
Safety
PARK MACHINE SAFELY
Before working on the machine:
• Park machine on a level surface.

• Lower bucket to the ground.
• Turn auto-idle switch off.
• Run engine in light duty “L” mode without load for 2
minutes.
• Set power mode to low idle “I” and turn key switch to
OFF to stop engine. Remove key from switch.
• Pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.
• Allow engine to cool.
TX,05,FF1619 –19–06AUG91–1/1
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE
Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

struck by foreign objects and being thrown off the
T7273AH –UN–08JUN90
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting
in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
TX,05,RR,560 –19–05OCT90–1/1
05–11 070397
PN=19
Safety
OPERATE ATTACHMENT SAFELY
An attachment may change the capabilities of your

machine in any or all of these ways:
• Safe range of motion

• Machine stability
• Hydraulic performance
• Engine performance
Read the attachment manual to learn how the attachment

works.
In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully

operate the attachment to learn the available range of
motion. Anticipate how objects manipulated by the
attachment, or the attachment itself, may contact the
machine, especially the operator’s station. Consider
adding guards to the machine to protect the operator, and
if necessary, to prevent damage to machine.
See your dealer to match attachment demands to

machine performance.
TX,05,FF2883 –19–29OCT92–1/1
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY—AVOID FIRES
Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. Do not refuel

the machine while smoking or when near open flame or
sparks. Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill
fuel tank outdoors.
TX,05,FF1622 –19–14JUN90–1/2
05–12 070397
PN=20
Safety
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn

spontaneously.
TX,05,FF1622 –19–14JUN90–2/2
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
HANDLE STARTING FLUID SAFELY
Starting fluid is highly flammable.
Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.
–UN–18MAR92
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the
pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
TS1356
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
DX,FIRE3 –19–16APR92–1/1
05–13 070397
PN=21
Safety
CLEAN TRASH FROM MACHINE
Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic

lines, fuel tank, and operator’s station clean.
Temperature in engine compartment may go up
T6669AG –UN–18OCT88
immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR
FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean

engine compartment.
02T,05,J33 –19–14MAR90–1/1
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS
Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;

wear goggles or safety glasses.
T6642DK –UN–18OCT88
TX,05,FF1613 –19–14JUN90–1/1
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of

the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
05–14 070397
PN=22
Safety
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as

earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
DX,NOISE –19–03MAR93–1/1
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause

serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
your machine include such items as lubricants, coolants,
paints, and adhesives.
–UN–26NOV90
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
TS1132
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.
See your authorized dealer for MSDS’s on chemical

products used with your machine.
TX,05,DH2500 –19–02OCT92–1/1
05–15 070397
PN=23
Safety
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
Before performing any work on the machine, attach a “Do

Not Operate” tag on the right control lever.
–UN–08JUN90
T7273AP
TX,05,RR,566 –19–23JUL91–1/1
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
To prevent accidents, use care when working around

rotating parts.
–UN–08JUN90
T7273AS
TX,05,RR,572 –19–12JUN90–1/1
05–16 070397
PN=24
Safety
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. If you must work on a
lifted machine or attachment, securely support the
machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
DX,LOWER –19–04JUN90–1/1
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1
05–17 070397
PN=25
Safety
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.
Never lubricate or service machine while it is moving.

Keep hands, feet and clothing from power-driven parts.
Before servicing machine.
• Park machine on a level surface.

• Lower bucket to the ground.
• Turn auto-idle switch off.
• Run engine with engine rpm dial at 1/3 speed for 2
minutes.
• Move engine rpm dial to slow idle position.
• Turn key switch to OFF. Remove key from switch.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the right side
controller lever.
• Pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.
• Allow engine to cool.
If maintenance procedure must be performed with engine
running, do not leave machine unattended.
Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work. Never work under a machine
raised by the boom. If the machine must be raised, keep
a 90-110° angle between boom and arm.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
Disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making

adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine.
TX,05,DH5001 –19–28MAY96–1/1
05–18 070397
PN=26
Safety
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR

HEATING
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of
paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.

Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
DX,PAINT –19–03MAR93–1/1
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID

LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
TS953 –UN–15MAY90
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be
accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1
05–19 070397
PN=27
Safety
AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
X9811 –UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from
Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,
U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
DX,SPARKS –19–03MAR93–1/1
05–20 070397
PN=28
Safety
CLEAN THE MACHINE REGULARLY
Remove any grease, oil, fuel, or debris build-up to avoid

possible injury or machine damage.
High pressure washing [greater than 1379 kpa (13.8 bar)
–UN–18OCT88
(200 psi)] can damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days minimum after
receipt of machine before cleaning with high pressure.
Use low pressure wash operations until 30 days have
T6642EJ
elapsed.
Do not spray oil cooler fins at an angle. Fins may bend.
TX,05,FF2787 –19–27JUL94–1/1
STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY
Stored attachments such as buckets, hydraulic hammers,

and blades can fall and cause serious injury or death.
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent

falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
storage area.
TX,05,RR,576 –19–26APR90–1/1
05–21 070397
PN=29
Safety
DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with your machine include such items as oil, fuel, coolant,
brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
TS1133
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.
TX,05,DH2502 –19–26AUG92–1/1
05–22 070397
PN=30
Safety Signs
SAFETY SIGNS
T109278 –19–07JUN97
T109277 –UN–02JUN97
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–1/10
06–1 070397
PN=31
Safety Signs
T7748DC –19–14OCT92
T8167AL –UN–06FEB94
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–2/10
06–2 070397
PN=32
Safety Signs
T109276 –19–02JUN97
T109277 –UN–02JUN97
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–3/10
06–3 070397
PN=33
Safety Signs
T7972AO –19–22MAR93
T109339 –UN–02JUN97
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–4/10
06–4 070397
PN=34
Safety Signs
T7748DA –19–14OCT92
–UN–15OCT92
T7748DI
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–5/10
T7748DH –UN–15OCT92
T7748CX –19–14OCT92
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–6/10
06–5 070397
PN=35
Safety Signs
T109529 –UN–02JUN97
T109378 –19–02JUN97
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–7/10
06–6 070397
PN=36
Safety Signs
T7972AF –19–22MAR93
TX,06,DT5004 T109177 –UN–02JUN97
–19–06JUN97–8/10
06–7 070397
PN=37
Safety Signs
T109178 –UN–02JUN97
T101279 –19–14MAY96
Located On Radiator Cap
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–9/10
T109395 –19–02JUN97
–UN–08AUG91
T7527EK
TX,06,DT5004 –19–06JUN97–10/10
06–8 070397
PN=38
Operator’s Station
PEDALS AND LEVERS
–UN–29NOV90
T7342AJ
A—Cab Door Release Lever
B—Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever
C—Left Control Lever/ Horn Switch (On End of
Lever)
D—Left Propel Lever
E—Left Propel Pedal
F—Right Propel Pedal
G—Right Propel Lever
H—Right Control Lever/ Power Boost Switch (On
End of Lever)
TX,10,FF1867 –19–12MAY93–1/1
10–1 070397
PN=39
MONITOR PANEL AND SWITCH PANELS
T109279 –UN–02JUN97
A—Monitor Panel
B—Switch Panel 1
C—Key Switch
D—Switch Panel 2
TX,10,DT5007 –19–06JUN97–1/1
10–2 070397
PN=40
MONITOR PANEL
–UN–26SEP94
T8326AB
A—Alternator Indicator
B—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
C—Air Filter Restriction Indicator
D—Coolant/Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator
E—Low Fuel Level Indicator
F—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
G—Engine Oil Level Indicator
H—Coolant Level Indicator
I—Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator
J—Hour Meter
K—Fuel Gauge
L—Coolant Temperature Gauge
TX,10,DH3525 –19–22SEP94–1/1
10–3 070397
PN=41
ALTERNATOR INDICATOR
Red indicator will light with no alternator output. Check

electrical system.
T6201BD –UN–18OCT88
TX,10,FF1893 –19–03APR91–1/1
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If

engine oil pressure light comes on
while operating, stop engine
immediately.
–UN–18OCT88
Red indicator will light and buzzer will sound when engine
oil pressure is low. Stop engine immediately.
T6201BB
NOTE: Cold oil, low oil level, or extreme off level
operation may cause indicator to light.
TX,10,FF1874 –19–06AUG91–1/1
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR
Red indicator will light when the air filter elements are
plugged. Clean or replace elements. –UN–19JAN91
T6201BE
TX,10,FF1875 –19–05APR91–1/1
10–4 070397
PN=42
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTION

INDICATOR
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic pump

damage. Change hydraulic oil filter as
soon as possible when a problem
–UN–18OCT88
occurs.
Orange indicator will light when hydraulic filter element is

restricted.
T6201AY
NOTE: Cold oil may cause hydraulic oil filter restriction
indicator light to light temporarily.
TX,10,DH3526 –19–22SEP94–1/1
COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE AND

COOLANT/HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Do

not stop engine when needle enters red
–UN–29AUG90
zone or temperature will rise further.
Reduce load and run engine at reduced
engine speed.
T7363AK
If needle enters red zone, reduce load immediately and
run engine at reduced engine speed. If problem continues,
inspect for plugged radiator, radiator screen, or oil cooler
or for coolant leakage.
TX,10,FF2434 –19–13AUG91–1/2
10–5 070397
PN=43
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Do

not stop engine when coolant/hydraulic
oil temperature indicator lights or
temperature will rise further. Reduce
load and run engine at slow idle. If
temperature indicator continues to stay
T6201BC –UN–18OCT88
on, shut engine off.
Red indicator will light and buzzer will sound when the
engine coolant or hydraulic oil overheats.
TO DETERMINE IF COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS HIGH

OR IF HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE IS HIGH when
indicator lights, check coolant temperature gauge. If
needle is in the red zone, coolant temperature is high and
hydraulic oil temperature may also be high. If needle is in
the white zone, only hydraulic oil temperature is high.
IF COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS HIGH, reduce load

immediately and run engine at slow idle. Inspect for debris
around radiator, also check for low coolant level in the
coolant recovery tank.
IF HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE IS HIGH, reduce

load immediately and run engine at slow idle.
The indicator will stay on until the key switch is turned to

OFF position.
TX,10,FF2434 –19–13AUG91–2/2
FUEL GAUGE AND LOW FUEL LEVEL

INDICATOR
Fuel machine before needle reaches “E”. T7363AL –UN–29AUG90
TX,10,FF2495 –19–13AUG91–1/2
10–6 070397
PN=44
When red fuel indicator lights, approximately 50 L (13 gal)

of fuel remains.
–UN–29AUG90
T7363AM
TX,10,FF2495 –19–13AUG91–2/2
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATOR
When pre-operation level check switch is pushed,

indicator will light if oil level is adequate for operation.
NOTE: This check does NOT take place of daily check.
T7363AN –UN–29AUG90
TX,10,FF1878 –19–13AUG91–1/1
COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR

indicator will light if coolant level is adequate for operation.
T7363AO –UN–29AUG90
TX,10,FF1879 –19–13AUG91–1/1
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL INDICATOR

indicator will light if oil level is adequate for operation.

–UN–29AUG90
T7363AP
TX,10,FF1880 –19–13AUG91–1/1
10–7 070397
PN=45
HOUR METER
The right hand number indicates tenths (six minutes) of an

hour.
T7363AQ –UN–29AUG90
TX,10,FF1873 –19–06DEC90–1/1
SWITCH PANEL 1
T7342BL –UN–29AUG90
A—Pre-Operation Level Check Switch
B—Buzzer Stop Switch
C—Washer Switch
D—Wiper Switch
E—Light Switch
F—Driving Light Indicator
G—Work Light Indicator
H—Intermittent Wiper Indicator
I—Continuous Wiper Indicator
TX,10,FF1863 –19–23MAR93–1/1
PRE-OPERATION LEVEL CHECK SWITCH
When engine oil level, coolant level, and hydraulic oil

levels are adequate for operation, indicators on monitor
panel will light when switch (A) is pushed.
T7363AT –UN–29AUG90
TX,10,FF1933 –19–12NOV90–1/1
10–8 070397
PN=46
BUZZER AND BUZZER STOP SWITCH
THE BUZZER SOUNDS WHEN:
• Engine oil pressure is low.

(The engine oil pressure indicator (A) lights also.)
• Engine coolant overheats.
(The coolant/hydraulic oil temperature indicator (B) also
lights.)
• Hydraulic oil overheats.
(The coolant/hydraulic oil temperature indicator (B) also
lights.)
IF ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS LOW, stop the engine

immediately.
NOTE: The buzzer cannot be turned off when engine oil

pressure is low.
IF COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS HIGH, push the buzzer
T109280 –UN–02JUN97
stop switch (C). Reduce load immediately and run the
engine at decreased engine speed. If high temperature
continues, stop the engine. Check fluid levels. Inspect for
plugged radiator screen, oil cooler, and radiator.
IF HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE IS HIGH, push the

buzzer stop switch (C). Reduce load immediately and run
the engine at decreased engine speed.
TO RESET THE BUZZER: Stop the engine and turn the

key OFF.
The buzzer will not sound more than once for the same
problem unless the switch is reset.
TX,10,DT5008 –19–06JUN97–1/1
10–9 070397
PN=47
WASHER SWITCH
IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if

washer switch is held for more than 20
seconds, or continually operated with
no fluid in container.
T7363AU –UN–29AUG90
Push switch (A) to squirt windshield washer fluid on
windshield. Do not hold switch down for more than 20
seconds.
TX,10,FF1885 –19–13AUG91–1/1
WIPER SWITCH
Push switch (A) once to operate wiper intermittently.

Indicator (B) will light.
Push switch a second time to operate wiper continuously.
–UN–29AUG90
Indicator (C) will light.
Push switch a third time to turn off wiper.
T7363AV
TX,10,FF1884 –19–13AUG91–1/1
LIGHTS
Push switch (A) once to turn on driving lights. Indicator (B)

will light.
Push switch a second time to turn on work lights. Indicator

T7363AW –UN–29AUG90
(C) will light.
Push switch a third time to turn off all lights.
TX,10,FF1883 –19–13AUG91–1/1
10–10 070397
PN=48
KEY SWITCH
Engine will stop when key switch is turned from ON to

ACC. Always turn key to OFF position to prevent batteries
from draining.
T7396DS –UN–27JUN91
A—Engine Off
B—Accessory
C—Engine On
D—Start
TX,10,FF1934 –19–12MAY93–1/1
10–11 070397
PN=49
SWITCH PANEL 2
T7527AN –UN–29MAY91
A—Engine Speed Decrease Switch
B—Engine Speed Increase Switch
C—Economy Mode Switch (Engine)
D—Max. Power Mode Switch (Engine)
E—Auto-Idle Switch
F—Swing Brake Release Switch
G—Work Mode Select Switch
H—Propel Speed Decrease Switch
I—Propel Speed Increase Switch
J—High Speed Propel Mode Indicator
K—Medium Speed Propel Mode Indicator
L—Low Speed Propel Mode Indicator
M—Precision Mode Indicator
N—Economy Mode Indicator (Work Mode)
O—General Mode Indicator
P—Heavy Duty Mode Indicator
Q—Auto-Idle Indicator
R—Swing Brake Disengage Indicator
S—Low Idle Mode Switch (Engine)
T—Light Duty Mode Switch (Engine)
U—Low Idle Mode Indicator
V—Light Duty Mode Indicator
W—Economy Mode Indicator (Power Mode)
X—Max. Power Mode Indicator
TX,10,FF2344 –19–22SEP94–1/1
10–12 070397
PN=50
REAR CONSOLE
–UN–26OCT90
T7364AE
A—Cigar Lighter—If Equipped
B—Heater Control Panel
C—Fuse Box
D—Compartment 1
E—Compartment 2
TX,10,FF1866 –19–03AUG92–1/1
10–13 070397
PN=51
HEATER
Turn petcock (C) counterclockwise to open.
NOTE: Close petcock during warm weather to prevent

warm water from circulating through heater.
T7816AC –UN–27JUL92
Turn knob (A) clockwise to turn heater on and set fan
speed. Raise temperature by moving lever (B) rearward.
T109338 –UN–02JUN97
A—On/Off and Fan Speed Knob
B—Heater Temperature Control Lever
C—Petcock
TX,10,DT5009 –19–06JUN97–1/1
AIR FLOW VENTS
Position vents (A) to obtain desired air flow.

–UN–26OCT90
T7396DF
TX,10,FF2892 –19–29JUL92–1/1
10–14 070397
PN=52
LEFT CONSOLE
T7342AL –UN–29NOV90
A—Travel Alarm Cancel Switch
B—Start Aid Switch
TX,10,FF1865 –19–12MAY93–1/1
CAB DOOR RELEASE LEVER
The cab door can be latched in the open position. Open

the door all the way until the loop on the door engages
the latch on the side of the cab.
TX,10,FF1868 –19–07JUN91–1/2
10–15 070397
PN=53
To release the latch, push lever (A) down.
T7364AH –UN–29NOV90
TX,10,FF1868 –19–07JUN91–2/2
OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW
1. Unplug windshield wiper connector (A).
2. Move pins (B and C) toward center of window.
T7396CX –UN–03JUN92
TX,10,FF1915 –19–29JUL92–1/2
3. Pull window up and back until lever (D) catches in

latch.
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from closing

window. Do not rely on latch alone to hold the
window in the up position. Always secure the
T7396CY –UN–03JUN92
lock pins into the cab frame boss holes.
4. Slide the lock pins into the boss holes (E) and turn to
lock.
TX,10,FF1915 –19–29JUL92–2/2
10–16 070397
PN=54
CLOSING UPPER FRONT WINDOW
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from closing

window. Upper front window comes down very
forcefully. Close window only when sitting on
operator’s seat. Guide window down slowly.
T7396CY –UN–03JUN92
1. Pull out lock pins from boss holes (E) to unlock
window.
2. Push lever (D) to release latch.
3. Pull window down slowly.
4. Slide lock pins (B and C) in to the boss holes and turn

to secure.
5. Plug in windshield wiper connector (A).
T7396CX –UN–03JUN92
A—Windshield Wiper Connector
B—Lock Pin
C—Lock Pin
D—Latch
E—Boss Holes
TX,10,FF1896 –19–01JUN92–1/1
10–17 070397
PN=55
REMOVING AND STORING LOWER FRONT

WINDOW
NOTE: Upper front window must be raised before lower

front window can be removed.
–UN–03JUN92
1. Pull in on lock pins (A) to unlock and remove window.
2. The window can be stored by inserting tabs (B) on

bottom of window into bracket (D) and securing lock
T7396CZ
pins into holes (C).
NOTE: In cold weather some operators may choose to

work with the top glass open and the bottom glass
in place. This provides excellent visibility and
tends to hold the heat being circulated around the
operator’s feet.
T7396DA –UN–03JUN92
A—Lock Pins
B—Tabs
C—Holes
D—Bracket
TX,10,FF1897 –19–21JUL92–1/1
OPENING SIDE WINDOWS
Ö CAUTION: Avoid serious crushing injury from

boom. Never place any part of the body beyond
window bar or frame. It could be crushed by
boom if boom control lever is accidentally
bumped or otherwise engaged.
Do not remove window bars. If window or bars

are missing or broken, replace immediately.
Both right side window and cab door window can be

opened.
TX,10,FF1898 –19–06JUL94–1/2
10–18 070397
PN=56
1. Press lever (A) to open latch.
2. Slide front pane to rear or rear pane to front. Right side

front pane opens approximately 100 mm (4 in.).
T7405CS –UN–08APR91
Right Window
TX,10,FF1898 –19–06JUL94–2/2
OPENING THE ROOF VENT
1. Squeeze latch (A) to unlock the vent.
2. Turn knob clockwise and remove locking rod from

stored position (B).
T6589AF –UN–18OCT88
TX,10,FF2885 –19–22SEP94–1/2
3. Push up on vent door and tighten knob (A) to hold vent

open.
4. Loosen knob (A) and lay vent door back against roof to
open vent fully.
–UN–18OCT88
T6589AE
TX,10,FF2885 –19–22SEP94–2/2
10–19 070397
PN=57
SECONDARY EXIT TOOL
IMPORTANT: FOR EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY. Use tool

(A) to break window. Always keep tool
in machine.
T109337 –UN–02JUN97
TX,10,DT5010 –19–06JUN97–1/1
10–20 070397
PN=58
ADJUSTING THE SUSPENSION SEAT
SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENT: Turn knob (D) clockwise to

increase suspension stiffness. Turn knob counterclockwise
to decrease suspension stiffness.
CONSOLE AND SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: Turn

knob (C) clockwise to raise console and seat. Turn knob
counterclockwise to lower consoles and seat.
Console and seat height adjustment range is 80 mm (3.1

in.).
CONSOLE AND SEAT FORE-AFT ADJUSTMENT: Pull

lever (E) up to release lock. Adjust the seat and both right
and left consoles to the desired distance from the propel
pedals and levers. Release lever to lock seat and
consoles into position.
Console and seat fore-aft adjustment range is 140 mm

(5.5 in.) with stops every 20 mm (3/4 in.).
T8155AI –UN–10FEB94
SEAT FORE-AFT ADJUSTMENT: Pull lever (B) to the
right to unlock the seat from both consoles and move the
seat to the desired distance from control levers. Release
lever to lock seat into position.
Seat fore-aft adjustment range is 180 mm (7.1 in.) with

stops every 20 mm (3/4 in.).
BACKREST ADJUSTMENT: Push lever (H) rearward to

release backrest lock. Move backrest to desired position
and release lever. Backrest can be rotated 40° forward for
easy access to compartment behind seat.
–UN–13JAN94
Backrest can be adjusted to 19 positions.
T8155AJ
ARMREST ADJUSTMENT: Pull armrest lock button (G)
up to release armrest lock. Rotate armrest (F) to desired
position. Release button.
A—Headrest
Both armrests can be rotated. Raise left armrest for more B—Seat Fore-Aft Lock Lever
convenient access to cab. C—Console and Seat Height Adjustment Knob
D—Suspension Adjustment Knob
E—Console and Seat Fore-Aft Lock Lever
HEADREST ADJUSTMENT: Pull headrest (A) upward or F—Armrest
push downward to desired position. G—Armrest Lock Button
H—Backrest Lock Lever
TX,10,FF3773 –19–05MAR94–1/2
10–21 070397
PN=59
Headrest can be adjusted to two positions.
TX,10,FF3773 –19–05MAR94–2/2
CAB LIGHT
Move switch (A) up to turn cab light on. Move switch

down to turn light off.
T109487 –UN–02JUN97
TX,10,DT5011 –19–06JUN97–1/1
TOOLBOX (A)
T7527BR –UN–16MAY91
TX,10,FF2410 –19–24MAY91–1/1
CAB FAN
T109176 –UN–02JUN97
TX,10,DT5012 –19–06JUN97–1/1
10–22 070397
PN=60
Break-In
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL
New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere • API Service Classification CE
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period, • CCMC Specification D4
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed to
maintain the specified oil level. After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50
or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
Change the oil and filter after the first 100 hours of manual.
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
IMPORTANT: Do not use John Deere PLUS-50 oil
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere or engine oils meeting API CG4, API
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. CF4, or CCMC D5 performance levels
during the first 100 hours of
If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available, operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
use a diesel engine oil with oil viscosity based on the These oils will not allow the engine
expected air temperature range, and meeting one of to break-in properly.
the following, during the first 100 hours of operation:
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company. TX,15,DH3636 –19–31AUG95–1/1
EVERY 4 HOURS
Lubricate boom, arm, and bucket linkage every 4 hours

for the first 20 hours of operation. (See Maintenance-
Every 50 Hours chapter.)
TX,15,FF2245 –19–13AUG91–1/1
15–1 070397
PN=61
Break-In
EVERY 10 HOURS OR DAILY
1. Perform 10 hours or daily service. (See Maintenance-

Every 10 Hours or Daily chapter.)
2. Watch for fluid leaks.
3. Lubricate working tool pivots every 10 hours during the

first 30—100 hours of operation and when working in
mud or water. (See Maintenance-Every 50 Hours
chapter.)
TX,15,FF2072 –19–23MAR93–1/1
AFTER THE FIRST 50 HOURS
1. Perform 10 hours or daily and 50 hours service. (See

Maintenance-Every 10 Hours or Daily and Every 50
Hours chapters.)
2. Check accessible hardware torque. (See Hardware

Torque Specifications in Maintenance chapter.)
TX,15,FF2447 –19–07JUN91–1/1
15–2 070397
PN=62
Break-In
AFTER THE FIRST 100 HOURS
1. Perform 10 hours or daily and 50 hours service. (See

Maintenance-Every 10 Hours or Daily and Every 50
Hours chapters.)
2. Change engine oil and filter. (See Maintenance-Every

250 Hours chapter.)
3. Change propel gearboxes oil. (See Maintenance-Every

2000 Hours chapter.)
4. Change hydraulic oil return filter. (See Maintenance-

5. Change hydraulic pilot control filter. (See Maintenance-

TX,15,DT5013 –19–06JUN97–1/1
15–3 070397
PN=63
Break-In
15–1 070397
PN=64
INSPECT MACHINE DAILY BEFORE
STARTING
Do periodic service checks in Maintenance—Every 10

Hours or Daily chapter.
A—Check hydraulic oil level.
B—Check engine oil level
C—Check coolant level.
D—Clean radiator air inlet screen.
E—Clean operator’s station. Check pedals and levers for

freedom of movement.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires

and loose or corroded connections.
BOOM, BUCKET, SHEET METAL, TRACKS: Check for

bent, broken, loose, or missing parts.
HARDWARE: Check for loose or missing parts.
FUEL SYSTEM: Drain fuel filter and fuel tank sump.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose

clamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses that rub against
each other or other parts.
LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points on Periodic

Maintenance chart.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check guards, shields, covers.
T7527AL –UN–14AUG91
SAFETY: Walk around machine to clear all persons from
machine area.
TX,20,DH3527 –19–27SEP94–1/1
20–1 070397
PN=65
20–1 070397
PN=66
CHECK INSTRUMENTS BEFORE STARTING
Turn key switch to ON position. All indicator lights will stay

on for approximately 3 seconds.
The indicators will also stay on for approximately 3

seconds when the key switch is turned to START position.
If any lamp fails to light, the bulb may be burned out.
The fuel gauge will show the fuel level.
The coolant gauge should NOT go to the red zone.
NOTE: Use a wet cloth when wiping dust off monitor or

switch panels to prevent damaging face of panels.
TX,25,FF1996 –19–05MAR94–1/1
PRE-OPERATION LEVEL CHECK
1. Turn key switch to ON position.
2. Push pre-operation level check switch (D).
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.

Check fluid levels individually. The pre-
operation level check does not take the
place of daily check at hydraulic oil
gauge, engine coolant recovery tank,
and engine oil level dipstick.
3. Hydraulic oil level (C), coolant level (B), and engine oil
level (A) indicators will light if levels are adequate for
operation.
T109281 –UN–02JUN97
TX,25,DT5014 –19–06JUN97–1/1
25–1 070397
PN=67
STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Sound horn to alert persons nearby.
IMPORTANT: Prevent starter damage. Never operate

starter for more than 20 seconds at a
time. If engine fails to start, return key
switch to OFF. Wait for about 2
minutes, then try again. After a false
start, do not turn key switch until
engine stops.
2. Turn key switch to start engine. Release key; switch

will return to ON position.
NOTE: Precision work mode “PR” is automatically

selected. Power mode is set at light duty “L”.
Swing brake release is not activated.
TX,25,FF1998 –19–13AUG91–1/1
25–2 070397
PN=68
STARTING FLUID—IF EQUIPPED (COLD

WEATHER STARTING AID)
USING STARTING FLUID
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
T7364AL –UN–10SEP90
exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. Do not puncture or incinerate
container. Remove container from machine if
engine does not need starting fluid.
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting

aid when temperatures are below 4°C
(40°F) and only when engine is COLD.
1. Turn key switch clockwise to START position.
IMPORTANT: Excess starting fluid could damage

engine; push starting aid switch only
when engine is cold and cranking.
Starting aid fluid is being injected into
engine as long as you push switch.
2. After one or two revolutions of engine crankshaft, push

starting aid switch (A) at short intervals. Crank engine
for 20 seconds maximum. Then allow 2 minutes
between cranking periods.
TX,25,DT5015 –19–06JUN97–1/2
25–3 070397
PN=69
REPLACING STARTING AID CANISTER
1. Turn container (B) counterclockwise to remove the

container and starting aid canister.
2. Remove safety cap and spray button from new
T110203 –UN–25JUN97
canister.
3. Place new canister in container.
4. Turn container clockwise in starting aid base (C) to

install starting aid canister.
OPERATING MACHINE WITHOUT STARTING AID

CANISTER INSTALLED
IMPORTANT: Protect starting aid components from

possible damage. Install the starting aid
container upside down.
Remove starting aid container (B) from base. Turn upside

down and install.
TX,25,DT5015 –19–06JUN97–2/2
USING COOLANT HEATER—IF EQUIPPED
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury

from an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,
grounded cord to connect heater to electrical
power.
Connect the coolant heater to 115-volt electrical power 10

hours before you start the engine.
TX,25,FF1223 –19–08FEB93–1/1
25–4 070397
PN=70
USING BOOSTER BATTERIES—24 VOLT

SYSTEM
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut

down to prevent unexpected machine movement when
engine starts.
Ö CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while

batteries are in use or being charged. Keep
flames or sparks away from the battery area.
Make sure the batteries are charged in a well
ventilated area.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 24-

volt negative (-) ground. Connect two
12-volt booster batteries together as
shown for 24 volts.
Connect booster batteries as shown. Make last cable

connection to frame.
T6713AH1 –UN–24OCT91
Two Battery Application
A—Machine Batteries
B—Booster Batteries
TX,25,FF2496 –19–03FEB92–1/1
CHECK INSTRUMENTS AFTER STARTING
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to engine. If

indicator lights do not go out after
starting engine, IMMEDIATELY STOP
THE ENGINE. Find and correct the
problem.
After the engine is started, the indicator lights should go

out. If they do not, stop the engine immediately. Find and
correct the problem.
TX,25,DT5016 –19–06JUN97–1/2
25–5 070397
PN=71
After the engine is started, the coolant temperature gauge

pointer should be in the white zone (A).
T109282 –UN–02JUN97
TX,25,DT5016 –19–06JUN97–2/2
WARMING MACHINE
1. After engine starts, run at light duty “L” power mode for
30 seconds. Do not run engine at fast or slow idle. Do
not accelerate rapidly during warm-up.
2. Operate machine at less-than-normal loads and

speeds until engine is at normal operating temperature.
TX,25,FF2486 –19–13AUG91–1/1
25–6 070397
PN=72
COLD WEATHER WARM UP (BELOW 0°C (32°F))
Use correct viscosity oil to minimize warm-up period. 5. Swing upperstructure so boom is perpendicular to
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.) tracks.

unexpected machine movement. If hydraulic Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
machine sliding backwards. Keep angle
oil is cold, hydraulic functions move slowly. between boom and arm 90—110°.
DO NOT attempt normal machine operation
until hydraulic functions move at close-to- 6. Keeping the angle between boom and arm 90—
normal cycle times. 110°, fully actuate bucket close function (cylinder
extend) and lower bucket to raise track off ground.
IMPORTANT: Prevent propel motor damage. Do
not actuate both propel pedals IMPORTANT: Holding function actuated for more
simultaneously until propel warm-up than 10 seconds can cause damage
procedure is completed. from hot spots in the control valve.
In cold conditions, an extended warm-up period will be 7. Rotate raised track 2 minutes. Lower track.
necessary. For faster warm-up, cover radiator and oil
cooler during warming period. The hydraulic filter 8. Swing upperstructure 180° and raise track. Rotate
restriction indicator—if equipped—may flicker during raised track 2 minutes.
warm-up.
9. While continuing track rotation in forward direction,
Operate functions slowly until engine and hydraulic oils actuate bucket curl function (cylinder extend) for 10
are thoroughly warmed. Avoid sudden operations of all seconds and release for 5 seconds for a period of
functions until the engine and hydraulic oil are 2-1/2 minutes.
thoroughly warmed up. For maximum engine speed
control, operate with auto-idle off. 10. Repeat step 9 with track rotating in reverse
direction.
1. Start engine. Run engine in light duty “L” mode for
5 minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle. 11. Lower machine to ground.
Ö CAUTION: To prevent possible injury, clear

the area of all persons before running your
12. Swing upperstructure 180° and raise track.
machine through the warm-up procedure. 13. While rotating raised track in forward direction,
actuate bucket curl function (cylinder extend) for
2. Make sure that area is clear to allow for movement. 10 seconds and release for 5 seconds for a period
Operate boom, arm, and bucket functions by of 2-1/2 minutes. Repeat with track rotating in
moving cylinders a short distance each direction for reverse direction.
the first time.
14. Lower machine to ground.
3. Continue cycling cylinders by increasing the travel
each cycle until full stroke is reached. 15. Operate all hydraulic functions to distribute warm
oil in all cylinders, motors, and lines.
4. Exercise swing functions slowly initially.
TX,25,FF2435 –19–12MAY93–1/2
25–7 070397
PN=73
16. If hydraulic functions still move slowly, repeat

steps 5—15.
TX,25,FF2435 –19–12MAY93–2/2
STOPPING THE ENGINE
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If

engine stops when operating under
load, remove load. Restart engine
immediately. Run 30 seconds in light
duty “L” mode before adding load.
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Lower bucket to the ground.
3. Turn auto-idle switch off.
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if

engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run engine in light duty “L” mode without load for 2

minutes.
5. Set power mode to low idle “I” and turn key switch to
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.
TX,25,FF2000 –19–13JUL92–1/1
25–8 070397
PN=74
Driving the Machine
STEERING THE MACHINE USING PEDALS
Ö CAUTION: Keep bystanders clear of machine

when traveling. Before moving machine,
determine which way to press propel pedals.
–UN–08APR91
Keep bystanders clear of machine when traveling.
The instructions below apply when the propel motors (E)

are to the rear of the machine. If the propel motors are to
T7405CO
the front of the machine, the machine moves OPPOSITE
to the direction described.
Steering with Pedals
FORWARD TRAVEL: Push down on front (A) of both
pedals.
REVERSE TRAVEL: Push down on rear (C) of both

pedals.
NEUTRAL POSITION (B): Propel brakes will automatically
T7405CP –UN–08APR91
stop and/or hold the machine.
RIGHT TURN: Push down on front of left pedal.
LEFT TURN: Push down on front of right pedal.

Right Turn
SHORT TURN (COUNTERROTATE): Push down the front
of one pedal and the rear of the other.
IMPORTANT: When traveling over long distances,

swing upperstructure so propel motors
are to the rear.
–UN–08APR91
LONG DISTANCE TRAVEL: When traveling over long
distances, swing upperstructure so propel motors are to
the rear. Push down on pedal tabs (D) and rest feet on
footrests.
T7405CQ
Short Turn (Counterrotate)
T7405CN –UN–08APR91
A—Front of Propel Pedal/Forward Travel

B—Neutral Position
C—Rear of Propel Pedal/Reverse Travel
D—Propel Pedal Tab Long Distance Travel
E—Propel Motor Cover
TX,10,FF2292 –19–28OCT91–1/2
30–1 070397
PN=75
Driving the Machine
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine

tipping. Operate control pedals slowly when
traveling down a slope.
TRAVELING DOWN A SLOPE: Operate control pedals

slowly when traveling down a slope.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION: Propel pedal dampers

are provided for smooth control. In extremely cold
weather, pedal effort will increase. Operate pedal several
times with pilot control shut-off lever in locked position.
TX,10,FF2292 –19–28OCT91–2/2
30–2 070397
PN=76
Driving the Machine
STEERING THE MACHINE USING LEVERS
Ö CAUTION: Keep bystanders clear of machine

when traveling. Before moving machine,
determine which way to move propel levers.
T7405CK –UN–08APR91
Keep bystanders clear of machine when traveling.
The instructions below apply when the propel motors (E)

are to the rear of the machine. If the propel motors are to
the front of the machine, the machine moves OPPOSITE
to the direction described.
Steering With Levers
FORWARD TRAVEL: Push both levers forward (A).
REVERSE TRAVEL: Pull both levers rearward (B).
NEUTRAL POSITION (C): Propel brakes automatically will

stop and/or hold the machine.
T7405CL –UN–08APR91
RIGHT TURN: Push left lever forward.
LEFT TURN: Push right lever forward.
SHORT TURN (COUNTERROTATE): Push one lever

forward and pull the other rearward.
Right Turn
IMPORTANT: When traveling over long distances,

swing upperstructure so propel motors
are to the rear.
LONG DISTANCE TRAVEL: When traveling over long

distances, swing upperstructure so propel motors are to
T7405CM –UN–08APR91
the rear.

tipping. Operate control levers slowly when
traveling down a slope.
TRAVELING DOWN A SLOPE: Operate control levers Short Turn (Counterrotate)

slowly when traveling down a slope.
T7405CN –UN–08APR91
A—Front of Propel Pedal/Forward Travel

B—Rear of Propel Pedal/Reverse Travel
C—Neutral Position
D—Propel Pedal Tab Long Distance Travel
E—Propel Motor Cover
TX,10,FF2293 –19–15MAY92–1/2
30–3 070397
PN=77
Driving the Machine
COLD WEATHER OPERATION: Propel lever dampers

are provided for smooth control. In extremely cold
weather, lever effort will increase. Operate lever several
times with pilot control shut-off lever in locked position.
TX,10,FF2293 –19–15MAY92–2/2
REMOVING PROPEL LEVERS
Propel levers may be removed if desired.
Remove cap screws (B) (two on each lever) to remove

levers (A) from brackets.
–UN–12NOV91
T7396EA
A—Lever
B—Cap Screw
TX,90,FF2018 –19–14NOV91–1/1
30–4 070397
PN=78
Driving the Machine
DRIVING 690E LC LONG FRONT
IMPORTANT: DO NOT drive excavator with arm

cylinder fully extended. Retract arm
cylinder slightly to prevent cylinder
damage.
While driving excavator, retract arm cylinder slightly. DO

NOT drive with arm cylinder fully extended.
Set propel switch on low speed when driving long-front

excavator over rough terrain.
TX,30,FF3352 –19–12MAY93–1/1
30–5 070397
PN=79
Driving the Machine
PROPEL SPEED SWITCHES
High speed (rabbit), medium speed, or low speed (turtle)

can be selected by pushing switches (D or E).
Press switch (E) to increase propel speed.
Press switch (D) to decrease propel speed.
Indicator lights (A, B, and C) show mode selected.
• High and low propel speeds are available in heavy duty

“HD”, general “G,” and economy “EC,” work modes in
low idle “I” power mode, and in all precision “PR” work
T7527DH –UN–29MAY91
modes.
• All three propel speeds are available in heavy duty
“HD”, general “G” and economy “EC” work mode at
max. power “P,” economy “E,” and light duty “L” power
modes.
Medium speed is best for propelling and using the boom,

arm, and swing functions. Generally, this is the usual A—Low Speed Propel Mode Indicator
propel speed for the majority of applications. B—Medium Speed Propel Mode Indicator
C—High Speed Propel Mode Indicator
D—Propel Speed Decrease Switch
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from tipping
or rollover accidents. When descending slopes,
E—Propel Speed Increase Switch
operate machine in low speed. DO NOT change

propel speed to high (rabbit) when descending
slopes.
Decrease propel speed to low (turtle) mode when

traveling on a slope or in a tight space.
Use high speed propel mode for extended periods of

traveling.
TX,10,FF1891 –19–06OCT94–1/1
30–6 070397
PN=80
Driving the Machine
TRAVEL SPEEDS
Mode km/h mph

Low Speed Propel Mode 2.1 1.3
Medium Speed Propel Mode 2.8 1.75
High Speed Propel Mode 5.6 3.5
TX,30,FF2347 –19–13AUG91–1/1
TRAVEL ALARM
The travel alarm sounds when a propel pedal or lever is

moved and will continue as long as the tracks are moving.
After the initial 10 second alarm, alarm can be silenced by
–UN–10SEP90
depressing the travel alarm cancel switch (A).
When travel motion stops, the travel alarm switch is reset.
T7364AM
TX,30,FF1914 –19–13AUG91–1/1
30–7 070397
PN=81
Driving the Machine
PARKING THE MACHINE


minutes.
IMPORTANT: Prevent cab electrical component

damage from bad weather. Always
close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
7. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
8. Lock all access doors and compartments.
TX,30,FF1911 –19–06AUG91–1/1
30–8 070397
PN=82
Driving the Machine
PARKING MACHINE DURING FREEZING

WEATHER
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to undercarriage.

During freezing weather, park machine
on a hard surface to prevent tracks
from freezing to the ground. Clean
debris from tracks and track frames.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise

tracks using boom. Move machine
carefully to prevent damage to drive
train and tracks.
During freezing weather, park machine on a hard surface.

Clean debris from tracks and track frames.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise the tracks using

boom. Move machine carefully.
TX,35,FF2310 –19–06AUG91–1/1
LOCK ALL COMPARTMENTS
Your machine is equipped with locks on the cab door, air

cleaner access door, toolbox door, engine hood, and
hydraulic pump access door. One key fits all locks. The
hydraulic tank cap can be locked with a padlock. Use
these locks to help safeguard your machine.
TX,30,FF2348 –19–26AUG91–1/1
30–9 070397
PN=83
Driving the Machine
30–1 070397
PN=84
Operating the Machine
CONTROL LEVERS
Ö CAUTION: Never place any part of body beyond

window frame. It could be crushed by the boom
if boom control lever is accidentally bumped or
otherwise engaged. If window is missing or
T7364AT –UN–10OCT90
broken, replace immediately.
Prevent possible injury from unexpected

machine movement. Make sure you know the
location and function of each control before
operating.
Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
The machine is factory equipped with the control pattern

shown.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-white labels located on
the control console.

When digging, avoid contacting tracks
with boom cylinders or bucket.
When digging over the end of the

tracks, propel motors should be at the
rear to minimize chain and sprocket
wear and to maximize machine stability
and lift capacity.
T6811AC –UN–18OCT88
Do not contact tracks with boom cylinders or bucket.
When digging over the end of tracks, propel motors
should be at the rear of machine.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.
A—Arm Out
B—Arm In
C—Swing Left
D—Swing Right
E—Boom Down
F—Boom Up
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
TX,35,FF2005 –19–13AUG91–1/1
35–1 070397
PN=85
CONVERTING CONTROL LEVERS TO JOHN DEERE PATTERN
T109329 –UN–02JUN97
Dig Pilot Check Valve Block
A—Controller Side of Valve B—From Dig Pilot C—To Main Control Valve D—Control Valve Side of
Block Controllers Pilot Caps Valve Block
Your machine pilot control levers can be changed from slowly. Release all pressure before you
the standard pattern to a John Deere pattern. To remove cap.
change to John Deere pattern:
6. Turn hydraulic tank fill cap slowly to release air
1. Lower bucket to the ground. pressure. Then remove hydraulic tank cap.
2. Turn auto-idle switch off. 7. Open left service door. The dig pilot check valve
block is located below the air cleaner.
minutes. 8. Port identifying numbers are stamped on the dig
pilot check valve block. DO NOT use any other
4. Set power mode to low idle “I” and turn key switch marks on the machine to identify ports to use.
to OFF to stop engine. Remove key from switch.
9. Switch hoses in ports G2 and K2.
5. Move pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.
10. Switch hoses in ports H2 and L2.
Ö CAUTION: The hydraulic system is

pressurized. Turn hydraulic tank fill cap
TX,35,DT5017 –19–06JUN97–1/2
35–2 070397
PN=86
Ö CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine function. Install new decals on
Operator’s Manual package. Additional decals can
be purchased from your John Deere dealer.
control consoles.
11. Install new decals on control consoles near the

base of control levers. Decals are enclosed in the
TX,35,DT5017 –19–06JUN97–2/2
35–3 070397
PN=87
CONTROL LEVERS JOHN DEERE PATTERN
Ö CAUTION: Never place any part of body beyond

window frame. It could be crushed by the boom
if boom control lever is accidentally bumped or
otherwise engaged. If window is missing or
T7364AT –UN–10OCT90
broken, replace immediately.
Prevent possible injury from unexpected

machine movement. Make sure you know the
location and function of each control before
operating.
Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
A conversion kit is available from your John Deere dealer

to change your controls to the pattern shown.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-yellow labels located
on the control console.

When digging, avoid contacting tracks
with boom cylinders or bucket.
When digging over the end of the

tracks, propel motors should be at the
rear to minimize chain and sprocket
wear and to maximize machine stability
and lift capacity.
T6811AD –UN–18OCT88
Do not contact tracks with boom cylinders or bucket.
When digging over the end of tracks, propel motors
should be at the rear of machine.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.
A—Boom Down
B—Boom Up
C—Swing Left
D—Swing Right
E—Arm Out
F—Arm In
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
TX,35,FF2006 –19–13AUG91–1/1
35–4 070397
PN=88
PILOT CONTROL SHUT-OFF LEVER
The pilot control shut-off lever (A) shuts off hydraulic pilot
pressure to all pilot control valves. When pilot control
shut-off lever is in locked position, the machine will not
move if a lever or pedal is accidentally moved.
T109172 –UN–02JUN97
Always pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position
when you stop the engine or leave the operator’s station.
Lever in Locked Position
T109173 –UN–02JUN97
Lever in Unlocked Position
TX,35,DT5018 –19–06JUN97–1/1
35–5 070397
PN=89
SWING BRAKE RELEASE SWITCH
When the engine is started, the swing brake release

switch (A) and indicator (B) are off. Push switch once to
turn swing brake release switch on. Push switch a second
time to turn swing brake release switch off.
SWING BRAKE RELEASE SWITCH OFF
When the swing lever is moved, the swing brake

automatically releases.
Two seconds after the swing lever is returned to neutral,

the swing brake automatically engages.
SWING BRAKE RELEASE SWITCH ON
The swing brake release indicator will be on. The swing

brake will not lock mechanically, but trapped hydraulic oil
prevents upperstructure swing.
T7527BO –UN–29MAY91
When the swing lever is returned to neutral, hydraulic
braking (dynamic braking) stops the swing motion.
USING SWING BRAKE RELEASE SWITCH
Turn swing brake release switch on for a smoother swing

during precise work on a slope. A—Swing Brake Release Switch
B—Swing Brake Release Indicator
TX,35,FF2350 –19–13AUG91–1/1
35–6 070397
PN=90
AUTO-IDLE SWITCH
The auto-idle circuit automatically reduces engine speed

after a few seconds when control levers are placed in
neutral position. Push switch (A) to turn circuit on.
Indicator (B) will light when auto-idle is on.

expected machine movement. Turn auto-idle
switch off when automatic acceleration of
engine speed is not desired and when stopping
engine.
Always check auto-idle indicator before

operating any control levers. When ON, the
engine speed lowers to auto-idle speed
(regardless of power mode (engine speed)
switch selection) approximately 4—6 seconds
after the control levers are returned to neutral.
–UN–29MAY91
By operating the control levers, the engine
speed increases to power mode (engine speed)
select switch setting.
T7527DG
If engine is started with auto-idle switch on, engine will run
at auto-idle setting which is the same as light duty setting.
Engine speed will change to selected power mode (engine
speed) setting if any control lever is operated.
Auto idle has memory; if engine is shut off with auto idle
on, auto idle will be on next time engine is started.
If engine is started with auto-idle switch off, engine will run

at light duty power mode (engine speed) setting.
Push auto-idle switch off to deactivate circuit and turn off

indicator, improving machine control in difficult work areas,
loading, and unloading.
TX,35,DT5019 –19–06JUN97–1/1
35–7 070397
PN=91
MACHINE OPERATING MODES (DIG FUNCTIONS ONLY)
Refer to the table below to see the relationship See specific information on work modes and power
between work modes, power modes, percentage of modes in this chapter.
hydraulic flow available, and propel speeds available.
See specific information on propel modes in Driving
Work mode automatically sets the power mode; the Machine chapter.
however, you can choose a different power mode by
pushing one of the power mode switches.
Set the propel speed manually using the propel speed

increase and decrease switches.
WORK MODE POWER MODE PROPEL SPEEDS

(HD: Heavy Duty) (P: Max Power) Available
(G: General) (E: Economy) Percentage Of Available (H: High)
(EC: Economy) (L: Light Duty) POWER MODE Maximum HYDRAULIC (M: Medium)
(PR: Precision) (I: Low Idle) RPM ± 30 FLOW (L: Low)
HD Pa 2150 100% All
E 1800 100% All
L 1300 100% All
I 900 75% H & Lb
Gc Pa 1950 80% Alld
E 1800 80% Alld
L 1300 80% Alld
I 900 75% H & Lb
EC P 2150 80% Alld
Ea 1800 80% Alld
L 1300 80% Alld
I 900 75% H & Lb
PR e P 2150 65%f
E 1800 65%f H & Lb
La 1300 65%f H & Lb
I 900 65%f H & Lb
H & Lb
a
Work mode automatically selects this power mode.
b
“M” and “L” speeds are the same.
c
When “G” work mode is selected, the power mode is automatically set at “P” (1950 rpm). If you push “P” power mode switch while operating
in “G” work mode, max. power “P” mode rpm setting changes to 2150 rpm.
d
There is only a 5% difference between “M” and “L” speeds.
e
When the engine is started, the machine is automatically set at “PR” work mode.
f
While propelling machine, available maximum hydraulic flow increases to 75%.
TX,35,FF2471 –19–06OCT94–1/1
35–8 070397
PN=92
WORK MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
Four work modes can be selected. In each mode, the

system controller automatically controls pump flow rate
and control valve circuits for each function to match the
operating mode selected.
When the engine is started, precision “PR” mode is

automatically selected.
Use the following table to choose the best work mode for
the job.
A—Work Mode Selector Switch

B—Precision Mode “PR” Indicator
C—Economy Mode “EC” Indicator
D—General Mode “G” Indicator
E—Heavy Duty Mode “HD” Indicator
–UN–29MAY91
T7527DF
Mode Type of Work Machine Function
Heavy Duty “HD” Mode Hard digging Engine speed and hydraulic pump flows are at maximum. Provides
Truck loading maximum work productivity in OPTIMAL work settings.
High speed propel
General “G” Mode General digging Engine speed and hydraulic pump flow are reduced slightly.
Finish work Improves fuel efficiency and lowers noise level. Provides maximum
Propelling work productivity in AVERAGE work
Economy “EC” Mode Craning Engine speed and hydraulic pump flow are further reduced. The
To meet noise regulations digging forces are the same as in P and E modes. Improves fuel
Propelling on soft ground efficiency and lowers noise level without significant loss of
productivity.
Precision “PR” Mode Precision work Engine speed and hydraulic pump flow are at the minimum. Obtains
Working or propelling in a tight area maximum fuel efficiency and reduced noise level. Use when slow
Loading or unloading machine on a function is desired for precise control, for example, when setting
trailer pipe.
TX,35,FF2351 –19–13AUG91–1/1
35–9 070397
PN=93
POWER MODE (ENGINE SPEED) SELECT

SWITCHES
Four power modes can be selected.
Engine speed control switches (A—F) can be used in

combination with the work mode select switch to suit
operator’s preference.
Push and release switch (A) to decrease engine speed in

80 rpm increments.
Push and release switch (B) to increase engine speed in

80 rpm increments.
Holding switch (A or B) down will increase engine speed

to high idle or decrease engine speed to low idle. Engine
rpm changes at a rate of 80 rpm the first second and then
at a rate of 275 rpm/second until the switch is released.
–UN–29MAY91
T7527CO
A—Engine Speed Decrease Switch
B—Engine Speed Increase Switch
C—Economy Mode “E” Switch
D—Max. Power Mode “P” Switch
E—Low Idle Mode “I” Switch
F—Light Duty Mode “L” Switch
G—Low Idle Mode “I” Indicator
H—Light Duty Mode “L” Indicator
I—Economy Mode “E” Indicator
J—Max. Power Mode “P” Indicator
TX,10,FF2436 –19–12MAY93–1/1
POWER BOOST SWITCH
Push power boost switch (A) (on end of right control lever)
for a 10 second, 10% increase in hydraulic pressure.
Release switch to reset power boost function.
–UN–04DEC90
T7405BY
TX,35,FF2192 –19–12MAY93–1/1
35–10 070397
PN=94
OPERATING TIPS
Before starting work, walk the site to uncover hazards and

to plan the job. Check for buried utility lines and pipes,
and for gas and oil pipelines
Keep site clean and level to maximize machine stability,

reduce operator fatigue, and increase productivity.
Do not knock down stakes or grade markers. If you lose

sight of your guides, you may have to re-work the job.
TX,35,DH5070 –19–27JUN96–1/1
DRIVING MACHINE
Use your seat belt.
Select a route that is as flat as possible. Steer machine as

straight as possible making small, gradual changes in
T7527DS –UN–15JUL91
direction.
When driving over rough terrain, reduce speed to lessen

possibility of undercarriage damage. Reduce speed when
carrying a heavy load, or working in a congested area.
When possible, avoid obstacles, rough terrain, rocks,
curbs, and ditches. In general, decreasing speed
increases control.
When driving, carry bucket or attachment low for good

visibility and machine stability and to avoid overhead
obstacles. Visibility may also be improved by rotating
upperstructure slightly.
TX,35,DH5071 –19–27JUN96–1/1
35–11 070397
PN=95
DRIVING ON SLOPES
Use your seat belt.

rollover. Do not turn machine on a slope.
Do not turn machine on a slope.
TX,35,FF2441 –19–13AUG91–1/1
DRIVING DOWN A SLOPE
• Use your seat belt.

• Lower bucket near to ground as shown.
• Angle of boom to arm should be 90 degrees.
• Drive down slope with boom on the downhill end of the
–UN–10JUL91
machine.
• If machine begins to slide, lower boom, placing bucket
against or in the ground to slow the machine.
T7527CQ
TX,35,FF2322 –19–02JUL91–1/1
DRIVING UP A SLOPE

• Position undercarriage so propel motors will be on uphill
end of machine.
• Keep the bucket on the uphill side, approximately 30 cm
(12 in.) (A) above ground.
• If machine starts to slip or become unstable, lower the
bucket immediately.
TX,35,FF2337 –19–13AUG91–1/1
35–12 070397
PN=96
DRIVING UP A STEEP OR SLIPPERY

SLOPE—BOOM ON UPHILL END OF
MACHINE

rollover. Use this technique only on a short
T7527CS –UN–10JUL91
slope. Machine depends on support of boom/
arm/bucket during entire procedure until
machine reaches top of slope. Repositioning
the bucket during this procedure is NOT
recommended. Do not swing upperstructure
during this procedure.

end of machine.
• Push bucket into the ground.
• Drive up slope. Pull machine using boom and arm
cylinders to help propel motors. DO NOT reposition
bucket during this procedure.
TX,35,DY2369 –19–26FEB97–1/1
DRIVING UP A STEEP OR SLIPPERY

SLOPE—BOOM ON DOWNHILL END OF
MACHINE

rollover. Use this technique only on a short
–UN–10JUL91
slope. Machine depends on support of boom/
arm/bucket during entire procedure until
machine reaches top of slope. Repositioning
the bucket during this procedure is NOT
T7527CT
recommended. Do not swing upperstructure
during this procedure.

end of machine.
• Push bucket into the ground.
• Drive up slope. Push machine using boom and arm
cylinders to help propel motors. Do NOT reposition
bucket during this procedure.
TX,35,DY2370 –19–26FEB97–1/1
35–13 070397
PN=97
MOVING MACHINE OFF AN EMBANKMENT
1. To move machine over edge of embankment, position

bucket with flat surface resting on ground. Angle (A) of
arm to boom should be 90°.
T7527DJ –UN–05JUN91
Bucket must be on ground before machine begins to
tip.
TX,35,FF2438 –19–23MAY91–1/3
IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage, do not

allow machine to impact ground with
bucket absorbing force of the fall.
2. As unit moves forward, raise the boom and retract arm

until front of tracks reaches the lower ground level.
T7527DK –UN–05JUN91
3. Raise bucket off the ground. Rotate upperstructure
180°.
TX,35,FF2438 –19–23MAY91–2/3
4. Position bucket on ground with flat surface of bucket

resting on ground. Angle (A) of arm to boom should be
90°.
5. Lower boom slightly and propel machine towards lower

level as the arm is extended.
T7527DL –UN–05JUN91
6. When tracks clear embankment, raise boom to lower
undercarriage on lower ground level.
7. To move machine onto an embankment, reverse

procedure.
TX,35,FF2438 –19–23MAY91–3/3
35–14 070397
PN=98
LEVELING MACHINE
Operating on a firm, level surface optimizes machine

stability.
To create a level surface:
T7527CU –UN–15JUL91
• Counter-rotate tracks 30° to each side.
TX,35,FF2324 –19–13FEB92–1/2
• Use bucket to add or remove material to level the

worksite. When adding material to the worksite, drive
over new material to compact it until the worksite feels
stable.
T7527DE –UN–15JUL91
TX,35,FF2324 –19–13FEB92–2/2
USING BUCKET
CROWD DIGGING: For most general excavating, leveling

material, and digging trenches.
To begin excavating, position arm in vertical position and

then move it away from machine approximately 0.61 m (2
ft).
TX,35,FF2325 –19–28JAN92–1/4
35–15 070397
PN=99
Using mainly the arm cylinder (A), retract the arm. As the
bucket fills, curl the bucket while retracting the arm. The
first cut should be approximately 1.2 m (4 ft) long and
75—100 mm (3—4 in.) deep. Remaining cuts should be
approximately 1.2 m (4 ft) long and 100—150 mm (4-6 in.)
deep.
T7527CV –UN–10JUL91
TX,35,FF2325 –19–28JAN92–2/4
35–16 070397
PN=100
BUCKET DIGGING: For power digging and for working in

a small or cramped excavation. Use the bucket cylinder
(A) for digging.
Lower bucket to the digging area and use boom to force

the bucket into the ground. Work two functions at once;
retracting the arm, and curling the bucket until the bucket
is full.
If the bucket stalls, raise the boom slightly and continue to

curl bucket.
If arm stalls, roll back bucket to break out.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging cylinder(s), do not

strike ground with bucket or use bucket
for tamping when bucket cylinder is
fully extended (bucket completely
curled under).
–UN–10JUL91
When bucket cylinder is fully extended, do not strike the
ground with the bucket or use the bucket for tamping.
Do not use the bucket as a hammer or pile driver. Do not
T7527CW
attempt to shift rocks and break walls using swing motion.
Do not sideload bucket. For example, do not swing bucket

to level material or do not strike objects from the side with
the bucket.
Match bucket, bucket teeth, or attachment to type of

material being handled.
Loose, fragmented material dumps quickly from the

bucket. To break up material as it enters the bucket,
excavate material in thin layers rather than jamming it into
the bucket. This is especially important with sticky
materials.
If you clean the bucket by rapping it against the stop, to

prevent cylinder damage, use the MINIMUM amount of
force. Clean the bucket by hand if rapping bucket lightly
does not work. Do not try to remove material from bucket
by striking bucket against the ground or another object.
TX,35,FF2325 –19–28JAN92–3/4
35–17 070397
PN=101
To prevent cave-in’s:
• Work perpendicular to or at an angle to excavation, with

propel motors to the rear of the machine.
• Do not drive near the edge of an excavation or trench.
• Do not dig under the machine.
T7527CX –UN–10JUL91
TX,35,FF2325 –19–28JAN92–4/4
PLANNING SPOIL PILES
To prevent cave-in’s, place spoil pile at least 1 m (3 ft)

away from excavation. The deeper the excavation the
further the spoil pile should be placed from the
excavation. Place spoil piles for convenient truck loading
T7527CY –UN–10JUL91
or backfilling.
On slopes, place spoil piles on the upper side of the slope

for improved machine stability and easier backfilling.
TX,35,FF2323 –19–13AUG91–1/1
TRENCHING
Before starting work, walk the site to uncover hazards and

to plan the job. Check for buried utility lines and pipes and
for gas and oil pipelines.
TX,35,FF2327 –19–13AUG91–1/5
35–18 070397
PN=102
To prevent cave-in’s, dig a “V” shaped trench and place

spoil piles at least 1 m (3 ft) away from trench. The
deeper the trench, the further the spoil pile should be
placed from it.
–UN–10JUL91
T7527CZ
TX,35,FF2327 –19–13AUG91–2/5
If you have to clean up a cave-in and cannot reach it from

machine’s present position, DO NOT back over the
trench. Drive the machine beside the trench to the cave-
in. Park the machine at a 90° angle to trench, with propel
motors to the rear of the machine. Clean cave-in from the
side of the trench.
T7527DA –UN–10JUL91
TX,35,FF2327 –19–13AUG91–3/5
When trenching across a slope, level the machine so that

bottom of trench will be level. Level machine by
counterrotating tracks or by digging a shelf.
Place the spoil pile on the upper side of the trench. The
machine is more stable and backfilling is easier.
T7527DB –UN–10JUL91
TX,35,FF2327 –19–13AUG91–4/5
For straight line trenching, drive two stakes in at the

beginning of the trench. Drive the first stake in
immediately behind the starting point and the second
stake approximately 9 m (30 ft) behind the first (A).
Use the stakes as a sight gauge. They are especially

T6879AU –UN–06DEC88
helpful if the machine is moved often.
TX,35,FF2327 –19–13AUG91–5/5
35–19 070397
PN=103
BACKFILLING
When backfilling, position machine at a 90° angle to the

excavation, with propel motors to the rear of the machine.
To prevent machine damage DO NOT use the side of the
T7527DC –UN–10JUL91
bucket to backfill.
The bucket side can be used for finish grading.
Extra material can be backfilled around foundations to

allow for settling.
TX,35,FF2331 –19–02JUL91–1/1
35–20 070397
PN=104
TRUCK LOADING
Level loading area during wait time between trucks to

maximize machine stability, decrease operator fatigue,
and increase productivity.
T7527DD –UN–15JUL91
Know location of all persons in working area, including
truck driver. Do not load the truck unless the truck driver
is in a safe place.
If possible, park truck where wind will be behind operator

to keep dust of the dumped load out of operator’s eyes
and out of engine air cleaner.
Raise the bucket while swinging toward the truck.
Drop first load into truck from a minimum height to lessen

the stress on the truck. The first material in the box will
cushion following loads. Dump load into truck at a steady
pace (rather than abruptly) to minimize stress on truck.
Load truck box from center front to center rear.
If loading large rock, first place a load of smaller rock into

truck to cushion impact of large rock in truck.
Move bucket to excavation level while swinging away from

the truck.
Do not swing the bucket over the cab.
TX,35,FF2332 –19–02JUL91–1/1
OPERATING IN WATER AND MUD
Be careful not to operate the machine in water or mud

above the upper deck surface of the undercarriage,
causing the swing bearing and rotary manifold to be
submerged.
TX,35,DT5020 –19–09JUN97–1/2
35–21 070397
PN=105
If the swing bearing and rotary manifold are submerged,

remove cover from underneath center of machine.
Remove drain plug (A) to drain water and mud.
Clean swing gear area. Install plug and cover. Lubricate

swing gear and swing bearing. Swing gear capacity is
21.8 kg (48 lb). (See Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
chapter.)
Grease all working tool pivots every 10 hours or daily.
T109466 –UN–02JUN97
TX,35,DT5020 –19–09JUN97–2/2
CLEAN TRACK FRAME AREA
1. Swing upperstructure 90°.

sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom
T6879AT –UN–06DEC88
and arm 90-110°.
2. Lower bucket (round side down) to raise track off

ground, keeping angle (A) between boom and arm 90-
110°.
3. Run track back and forth to remove mud and dirt.
4. Turn engine off.

unexpected machine movement. Place blocks
under machine frame to support machine while
cleaning track frame area when track is
stationary.
5. Place blocks under machine frame if further cleaning of

track frame area is performed while track is stationary.
Clean track often during cold weather to prevent damage

to track components.
TX,FF,42 –19–06AUG91–1/1
35–22 070397
PN=106
LIFTING
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Never move

the load suddenly. Never move load over a
person’s head. Do not allow any persons near
load.
–UN–18OCT88
Keep all persons away from raised load until
blocks are supporting it or load is sitting on the
ground.
T6589AA
Check chart on the right window or lifting
capacity specification of this manual before Without Bucket Loop
lifting with machine. Position upperstructure so
track sprockets are at the rear.
Do not attach sling/chain to bucket teeth. Do

not lift with damaged or worn sling, chain, or
bucket.
1. Secure sling/chain tightly to load being lifted.
2. Without bucket loop: Fasten chain/sling to machine,

bucket curled and arm retracted
With bucket loop: Fasten sling/chain to bucket loop (A),

bucket curled and arm retracted.
3. Coordinate hand signals with your signal man before

starting.
4. Know location of all persons in working area.
5. Attach a hand line to load and make sure person
holding it is away from load.
6. Before starting job, test your load.
• Park your machine close to load.

• Park your machine close to load.
• Attach load to machine. With Bucket Loop
• Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above the ground.
• Swing the load all the way to one side.
• While keeping load close to the ground, move it
away from machine.
• If there is any indication of reduced stability of your
machine, lower load to the ground.
TX,35,FF,322 –19–09APR92–1/2
35–23 070397
PN=107
7. Lift load only as high as necessary.
TX,35,FF,322 –19–09APR92–2/2
OPERATING INFORMATION FOR LONG

FRONT ATTACHMENT
The long front is designed for dredging, maintaining

stream banks, irrigation and drainage ditches and
settlement ponds.
Do not use for general excavation.
Do not swing machine rapidly.
Use bucket hydraulic function to perform most dredging.
Do not side load the bucket.
“Boom Down” and “Arm In” functions have reduced

speeds to improve controllability of long front.
See periodic maintenance and inspection decal for long

front attachment.
TX,35,DT5021 –19–09JUN97–1/1
35–24 070397
PN=108
USING QUICK-COUPLER TYPE ATTACHMENTS
See attachment manufacturer’s operator’s manual for While attaching or detaching attachments, the
specific attachment operating instructions. hydraulic lines are open. Contaminants can enter the
hydraulic system at this time, causing machine
GENERAL OPERATING TIPS damage. If attachments are changed frequently, there
are more opportunities for contaminants to enter the
IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging machine hydraulic system. To keep hydraulic oil contamination
cylinder(s), do not strike ground with to a minimum:
attachment or operate with cylinders
fully extended or retracted. • Clean connectors before opening hydraulic lines.
• Close hydraulic lines as soon as possible.
• Do not operate the attachment with the hydraulic • Change hydraulic return filter at half the normal
cylinder rods fully extended or fully retracted. interval (250 hours).
• Do not strike the ground or other objects with the • Sample hydraulic oil every 250 hours. (See
attachment. OILSCAN Plus story in Periodic Maintenance
chapter.) Follow OILSCAN Plus recommendations
KEEPING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CLEAN for oil change interval, but never change the oil less
frequently than recommended for the machine.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to hydraulic
components, keep contaminants
from entering hydraulic system.
A hydraulic filter restriction indicator kit is required

when installing auxiliary function line kits.
OILSCAN Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TX,35,DT5022 –19–09JUN97–1/1
35–25 070397
PN=109
SYSTEM CONTROLLER BYPASS

PROCEDURE
The system controller electronically controls engine speed,

engine rpm pulldown, and pump flow. If the machine
becomes inoperable because of electronics failure, the
system controller can be manually bypassed. Bypassing
the system controller will allow the machine to be
operated until repairs can be made.
When bypass is activated, the engine will operate at fast

idle and hydraulic pump displacement will be fixed and
reduced. With system controller not in the circuit, engine
rpm pulldown is not regulated and hydraulic demand may
exceed available engine horsepower, stalling the engine.
Operator care is required to avoid this problem. Have your
machine repaired as soon as possible.
TX,35,DT5023 –19–09JUN97–1/2
35–26 070397
PN=110
STARTING THE ENGINE
IMPORTANT: Starting or stopping the engine at fast

idle may cause engine damage. With
manual bypass activated, engine will
operate at fast idle. Do not stop or start
the engine with the manual bypass
activated.
1. Start the engine.
T109175 –UN–02JUN97
2. Pilot control shut-off lever must be in OFF position. Do
not leave the machine unattended while engine is
running.
3. To activate manual bypass, turn lever (A) 90°

counterclockwise to ON position.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
IMPORTANT: Starting or stopping the engine at fast

idle may cause engine damage. With
manual bypass activated, engine will
operate at fast idle. Do not stop or start
the engine with the manual bypass
activated.
1. Pilot control shut-off lever must be in OFF position. Do

not leave the machine unattended while engine is
running.
2. To de-activate manual bypass, turn lever 90° clockwise

to OFF position.
3. Turn key switch to OFF position to stop engine.
TX,35,DT5023 –19–09JUN97–2/2
35–27 070397
PN=111
LOWERING BOOM WITH ENGINE STOPPED
With engine stopped, boom cannot be lowered by using

the pilot control valve. The control valve spool must be
moved manually.
–UN–12OCT95
Ö CAUTION: Clear all persons from the area when
lowering the boom with the engine stopped.
NOTE: For machines with an anti-drift valve (D), the relief
T8542AV
valve (C) must be loosened 1/4 turn to make a
passage through the valve for oil to flow from the
cylinders to the control valve.
1. For machines with an anti-drift valve, loosen relief

valve (C) in anti-drift valve housing (E) 1/4 turn.
2. Holding spool stop screw (B), located at rear of main

control valve, loosen nut (A) until it is held on by only
one or two threads.
3. Counting the number of turns, turn spool stop screw in

(clockwise) until screw contacts spool (increased
resistance).
4. Turn spool stop screw an additional one or two turns

until boom begins to lower.
5. Record total number of turns that screw was turned.
Ö CAUTION: The spool stop screw must be
T109446 –UN–02JUN97
returned to its original position after the boom
has been lowered to avoid unexpected boom
movement (lowering) when the engine is
started. Also, the function speed is affected if
the spool stop screw is not returned to its
original position.
7. Turn stop screw out the same number of turns A—Lock Nut
recorded in Step 5 to return it to its original position. B—Spool Stop Screw
C—Relief Valve
Tighten lock nut.
D—Anti-Drift Valve
E—Anti-Drift Valve Housing
For machine with anti-drift valve (D), tighten relief valve
(C) in anti-drift valve housing (E).
TX,35,DT5024 –19–09JUN97–1/1
35–28 070397
PN=112
RAISING BOOM WITH ENGINE STOPPED
With engine stopped, boom cannot be raised using the

pilot control valve. The control valve spool must be moved
manually.
TX,35,DT5025 –19–09JUN97–1/3

unexpected machine movement. Clear all
persons from the area when raising the boom
with the engine stopped.
1. Holding spool stop screw (B), located at rear of main

control valve, loosen nut (A) until it is held on by only
one or two threads.
2. Counting the number of turns, turn spool stop screw

clockwise until screw contacts spool (increased
resistance).
3. Turn spool stop screw an additional 4—6 turns to

move spool sufficiently to allow boom to be raised.
TX,35,DT5025 T109283 –UN–02JUN97

–19–09JUN97–2/3
35–29 070397
PN=113
4. Attach a lifting device to drive link-to-bucket pin (C).
5. Lower bucket to ground level.

unexpected machine movement. Boom cylinder
T109187 –UN–02JUN97
must be blocked to maintain boom position.
Boom cylinder will be contain enough oil to
hold the boom in position hydraulically.
6. Block the boom cylinder.

unexpected boom movement (raising) when
engine is started. Return center screw and jam
nut to original position after boom has been
raised.
7. Counting the number of turns, turn spool stop screw to

original position to reset function speed. Tighten nut.
TX,35,DT5025 –19–09JUN97–3/3
SWINGING MACHINE WITH ENGINE

STOPPED
With engine stopped, upperstructure cannot be swung

using pilot control valve. The control valve swing spool
must be moved manually.
TX,35,DT5026 –19–09JUN97–1/4
35–30 070397
PN=114
To swing upperstructure to the left, use rear cap on main

control valve as shown. Loosen lock nut (A). Turn spool
stop screw (B) clockwise.
To swing upperstructure to the right, use front cap on

main control valve.
T109448 –UN–02JUN97
TX,35,DT5026 –19–09JUN97–2/4
1. Holding spool stop screw (B), loosen lock nut (A) until
it is held on by only one or two threads.
2. Counting the number of turns, turn spool stop screw

(B) clockwise until the screw contacts spool (increased
resistance).
3. Turn spool stop screw an additional 4—6 turns to

move spool sufficiently to swing upperstructure.
4. Disconnect swing brake release hose and plug the

hose.
T109447 –UN–02JUN97
TX,35,DT5026 –19–09JUN97–3/4
35–31 070397
PN=115
5. Attach an external pressure source to brake release

fitting (A).

unexpected machine movement. Clear all
persons from the area when swinging the
upperstructure with the engine stopped.
6. Apply pressure of 1380—3450 kPa (13.8—34.5 bar)

(200—500 psi) to swing brake release fitting to release
swing brake.
7. With external source, lift and swing boom away from

excavation.
8. When machine is in desired position, release pressure

from swing brake to apply brake.
9. Disconnect pressure source.
10. Connect swing brake release hose to brake release

fitting.

unexpected swing movement when engine is
started. Return center screw and jam nut to
original position after swinging the
upperstructure.
11. Counting number of turns, return spool stop screw to

original position to reset function speed. Tighten nut.
TX,35,DT5026 –19–09JUN97–4/4
35–32 070397
PN=116
Transporting
LOADING MACHINE ON A TRAILER
1. Keep trailer bed clean.
2. Put chocks against trailer wheels.
3. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong

enough and have a low angle of 10—15°.
5. Move engine speed switch to light duty “L” mode.
6. Load and unload machine on a level surface.
7. Drive machine onto ramps slowly.
8. The centerline of the machine should be over the

centerline of the trailer.
TX,40,FF2008 –19–13AUG91–1/2
9. Position bucket with flat surface resting on trailer.

Angle (A) of arm to boom should be 90°.
IMPORTANT: To prevent machine or trailer damage,

do not allow machine to impact trailer
with bucket.
T7405BI –UN–29NOV90
10. Bucket must be resting on trailer before machine
begins to tip forward onto trailer.
TX,40,FF2008 –19–13AUG91–2/2
40–1 070397
PN=117
Transporting
FASTEN MACHINE TO TRAILER
Before leaving the operator’s seat, perform steps 1—8.
1. Extend bucket cylinder fully.
2. Extend arm cylinder fully.
3. Lower the boom.
If machine cannot be transported with arm fully

retracted, remove bucket or attachment and retract
arm.
4. Lower bucket onto blocks.


minutes.
IMPORTANT: Prevent cab electrical component

damage from bad weather. Always
close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
8. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
9. Cover exhaust opening to prevent entry of wind and

water.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydraulic

lines, rods, and hoses. Fasten chains or
cables to machine frame. Do not place
chains or cables over or against
hydraulic lines or hoses.
10. Fasten each corner of machine to trailer with a chain

or cable with appropriate load binder.
11. Place blocks in front of and behind tracks.
TX,40,FF2009 –19–12MAY93–1/1
40–2 070397
PN=118
Transporting
UNLOADING MACHINE FROM TRAILER

tipping while upperstructure is rotating. Keep
–UN–29NOV90
arm tucked under and rotate upperstructure
slowly for best stability.
2. Raise bucket slightly off trailer. Keeping arm tucked
T7405BJ
under, slowly rotate upperstructure 180°.
TX,40,FF2077 –19–13AUG91–1/3
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to front-end

attachment. Always position arm at 90°
to boom when unloading machine.
Unloading machine with arm tucked
may cause machine damage.
–UN–29NOV90
3. To move machine over end of trailer onto ramp,
position bucket on ground with flat surface of bucket
resting on ground. Angle (A) of arm to boom should be
90°.
T7405BK
TX,40,FF2077 –19–13AUG91–2/3
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydraulic

cylinders. Do not allow machine to
impact ground with bucket.
4. Bucket must be on ground before machine begins to

tip forward.
T7405BL –UN–29NOV90
5. As machine moves forward, raise the boom and extend

arm until machine is completely off ramp.
TX,40,FF2077 –19–13AUG91–3/3
40–3 070397
PN=119
Transporting
TRANSPORTING LONG FRONT
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible arm cylinder damage

from inadequate arm support. Install
stay between boom and arm.
T7802AO –UN–22JUL92
Install stay between boom and arm before loading,
transporting, or unloading machine.
1. Extend arm and bucket cylinders to end of stroke.
2. Use arm cylinder to lower bucket onto 100 mm2 (4 in.2)

wooden block (B). Stay in Stored Position
3. With upper end of stay attached to boom, align bottom

hole of stay (A) with bracket hole in arm. Insert pin.
4. Raise boom. Drive machine onto trailer.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible bucket cylinder
T7725AI –UN–03JUN92
damage. Lower bucket onto block.
5. Lower boom until bucket rests on 100 mm (4 in.)

wooden block.
Stay in Transport Position
TX,40,FF2839 –19–05MAR94–1/1
40–4 070397
PN=120
Transporting
LIFTING THE MACHINE

unexpected machine movement when lifting
machine. Check lifting capacity of crane before
lifting the excavator. Lift load only as high as
necessary.
Keep all people clear of raised load.
SPECIFICATION
Machine Weight Approx. 20 500 kg (45,120 lb)
(With 2.90 m (9 ft 6 in. arm) and
800 mm (31.5 in.) shoes)
T7405BF –UN–28NOV90
A—660 mm (26 in.)
B—1800 mm (71 in.)
C—Center of Gravity
TX,40,FF2358 –19–13AUG91–1/1
40–5 070397
PN=121
Transporting
TOWING MACHINE

unexpected machine movement. Block both
tracks when disconnecting propel gearboxes.
When propel gearboxes are disconnected,
machine has no brakes and can move. The
machine will roll free on a slope or while being
towed.
1. Block tracks.
2. Drain oil from each propel gearbox. (See Change

Propel Gearbox Oil in Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
chapter.)
3. Remove cover from each gearbox.
TX,40,FF2193 –19–06JUL94–1/3
4. Remove sun gear (A) from each gearbox.
5. Install cover. Fill gearbox with oil.
T6879EG –UN–06DEC88
TX,40,FF2193 –19–06JUL94–2/3
40–6 070397
PN=122
Transporting
6. Attach a tow line to frame loop (A).
–UN–16MAY91
T7527BP
Front Tow Loop Shown
TX,40,FF2193 –19–06JUL94–3/3
40–7 070397
PN=123
Transporting
40–1 070397
PN=124
Fuels and Lubricants
DIESEL FUEL
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the • Fuel Lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100
diesel fuel available in your area. gram load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing
test.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low • Sulfur content:
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed. 1. Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5% Sulfur
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are
recommended. 2. If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following for engine oil and filter by 50%.
properties:
3. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content
• Cetane Number 40 minimum. Cetane number greater than 1.0%.
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for
temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above Bio-diesel fuels with properties and meeting DIN 51606
1500 m (5000 ft). or equivalent specifications may be used.
• Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of
5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature. lubricant with diesel fuel.
TX,45,JC1132 –19–22MAY96–1/1
DO NOT USE GALVANIZED CONTAINERS
IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized Store fuel in:

containers reacts with zinc coating
on the container to form zinc flakes. • plastic containers.
If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will • aluminum containers.
also form. The gel and flakes will • specially coated steel containers made for diesel
quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel.
fuel injectors and fuel pumps.
DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an
DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel alloy of copper and zinc.
fuel.
MX,FLBT,C –19–04JUN90–1/1
45–1 070397
PN=125
STORING FUEL
If there is a very slow turnover of fuel in the fuel tank or

supply tank, it may be necessary to add a fuel conditioner
to prevent water condensation. Contact your authorized
dealer for proper service or maintenance
recommendations.
DX,FUEL –19–03MAR93–1/1
LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER
When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines

used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.
If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere TY22030 Diesel Fuel
Conditioner. It provides lubricating properties along with
other useful benefits, such as cetane improver, anti-
oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
TY22030 is specifically for use with low sulfur fuels.
Nearly all other diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold
weather flow and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do
not contain the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel
injection pumps.
TX,45,DH3124 –19–20OCT93–1/1
45–2 070397
PN=126
FUEL TANK
Ö CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank. Do not
smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel
system.
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each

day’s operation.
Allow for fuel expansion. Fill tank to no more than 38 mm

(1.5 in.) below fuel filler neck.
Capacity is 303 L (80 gal).
TX,45,FF2359 –19–12MAY93–1/1
45–3 070397
PN=127
DIESEL ENGINE OIL
T101239 –19–22MAY96
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air • API Service Classification CG-4
temperature range during the period between oil • API Service Classification CF-4
changes. • API Service Classification CE
• CCMC Specification D5 and Mercedes Benz
John Deere PLUS-50 engine oil is preferred. MB228.3
• CCMC Specification D4 and Mercedes Benz
If John Deere PLUS-50 engine oil and a John Deere MB228.1
oil filter are used, the service interval for oil and filter
changes may be extended by 50 hours. Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME  oil is also If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is
recommended. used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of

the following:
• John Deere UNI-GARD
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere &
Company.
UNI-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company. TX,45,5373 –19–07JAN97–1/1
45–4 070397
PN=128
HYDRAULIC OIL
T8508AD –19–27JUN95
Depending upon the expected air temperature range Manufacturer Oil
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the Mobil DTE 25
temperature chart above. Shell Tellus 46
Caltex Oil Rando Oil HD46
The following oils may be used.
Texaco Inc. Rando Oil HD46
• John Deere HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Chevron AW46
Oils. Esso Standard Oil NUTO H46
• You may also use other oils meeting John Deere
Standard J20C or J20D.
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TX,45,DH3705 –19–30JUN95–1/1
45–5 070397
PN=129
PROPEL GEARBOX OIL
T110205 –19–25JUN97
Depending upon the expected air temperature range • Oils meeting John Deere Standard J20A or J20C.
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the • John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil
temperature chart above. • Oils meeting API Service GL-5 (MIL-L-2105B or MIL-
L-2105C)
The following oils are recommended: • Oil meeting MIL-L-10324A may be used as arctic oil.
TX,45,DT5027 –19–09JUN97–1/1
TRACK ROLLER, FRONT IDLER, AND

CARRIER ROLLER OIL
Use SAE 30 oil meeting API Service GL-5 (MIL-L-2105B

or MIL-L-2105C).
TX,45,DH5142 –19–09AUG96–1/1
45–6 070397
PN=130
TRACK ADJUSTER, WORKING TOOL PIVOT, SWING BEARING, AND SWING BEARING
GEAR GREASE
T8358AI –19–27MAR95
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and GREASE
the expected air temperature range during the service • John Deere HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE
interval. • John Deere GREASE-GARD
The following greases are preferred: Other greases may be used if they meet NLGI
Performance Classification GC-LB.
• John Deere MOLY HIGH TEMPERATURE EP
GREASE-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TX,45,DH5078 –19–01JUL96–1/1
OIL FILTERS
Filtration of oils is critical to proper operation and

lubrication. Always change filters regularly as specified in
this manual.
Use filters meeting John Deere performance

specifications.
DX,FILT –19–18MAR96–1/1
45–7 070397
PN=131
LUBRICANT STORAGE
Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
when clean lubricants are used. identify their contents.
Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.
DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1
ALTERNATIVE AND SYNTHETIC

LUBRICANTS
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require

lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and
lubricants may not be available in your location. Consult
your John Deere dealer to obtain information and
recommendations.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the

performance requirements as shown in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this

manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
DX,ALTER –19–18MAR96–1/1
45–8 070397
PN=132
MIXING OF LUBRICANTS
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet information and recommendations.
certain specifications and performance requirements.
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper
functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.
DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1
45–9 070397
PN=133
45–1 070397
PN=134
Periodic Maintenance
SERVICE YOUR MACHINE AT SPECIFIED
INTERVALS
Lubricate, make service checks and adjustments at

intervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart
(located inside left front door) and on the following pages.
T109179 –UN–02JUN97
Perform service on items at multiples of the original
requirement. For example, at 500 hours also service those
items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50
hours, and 10 hours or daily.
TX,50,DT5028 –19–09JUN97–1/1
CHECK THE HOUR METER REGULARLY
Check the hour meter (A) to determine when your

machine needs periodic maintenance.
Intervals on the periodic maintenance chart are for

operating in normal conditions. If you operate your
machine in difficult conditions, you should service it at
SHORTER INTERVALS.
T109284 –UN–02JUN97
TX,50,DT5029 –19–09JUN97–1/1
50–1 070397
PN=135
USE CORRECT FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage when

servicing your machine, use correct
fuels and lubricants. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.)
T82,EXPM,EA –19–06AUG91–1/1
PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE
Before performing maintenance procedures given in the

following chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat,
park the machine as described below unless another
position is specified in the procedure.


minutes.
OFF to stop engine. Remove key from switch. (If
maintenance must be performed with engine running,
do not leave machine unattended.)
6. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the right side

controller lever.
TX,05,FF1813 –19–27SEP94–1/1
50–2 070397
PN=136
OPEN LEFT ACCESS DOORS
The front access door must be opened before the rear

access door. Completely open door so rod (A) locks in
slot (B).
T109180 –UN–02JUN97
Front Access Door
T109181 –UN–02JUN97
Rear Access Door
TX,50,DT5030 –19–09JUN97–1/1
50–3 070397
PN=137
OPEN RIGHT ACCESS DOOR
Completely open door so rod (A) locks in slot (B).
T109183 –UN–02JUN97
TX,50,DT5031 –19–09JUN97–1/1
OPEN HOOD AND TOP ACCESS DOOR
T109184 –UN–02JUN97
Completely open hood and top access door so rods

(A) lock in slots (B).
TX,50,DT5032 –19–09JUN97–1/1
50–4 070397
PN=138
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR RECORD

KEEPING SYSTEM
The checklist on the following page summarizes

scheduled maintenance, and parts and oil required at
each maintenance interval.
Use the checklist to:
• Remind you to perform machine maintenance at

specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.
As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the

list and record date and hour meter reading. Use the
second (perforated) copy of this form (immediately
preceding the Service Literature order form inside the
–UN–27JUN91
back cover).
Do not tear out or mark on Checklist in the Periodic

Maintenance chapter; keep it to make extra copies.
T7511CO
TX,50,FF2898 –19–09JUL93–1/1
50–5 070397
PN=139
OILSCAN PLUS AND COOLSCAN
T104220 –UN–03OCT96
OILSCAN Plus and CoolScan are John Deere fluid or oil change interval. Certain systems require more
sampling products to help you monitor machine frequent sampling. Consult your John Deere dealer on
maintenance and system condition. The objective of a a maintenance program for your specific application.
fluid sampling program is to insure machine availability Your dealer has the sampling products and expertise
when you need it and to reduce repair costs by to assist you in lowering your overall operating costs
identifying potential problems before they become through fluid sampling.
critical.
Oil and coolant samples should be taken from each

system on a periodic basis, usually prior to a filter and/
OILSCAN Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.

CoolScan is a trademark of Deere & Company. TX,50,DH5226 –19–02OCT96–1/1
50–6 070397
PN=140

KEEPING SYSTEM
BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS

Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in Chapter 15. Refer to Chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machine
operation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in Chapter 50.
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Check and adjust track sag • Inspect belt
• Check air cleaner dust cup/unloader valve • Check engine air cleaner elements
• Drain fuel tank sump • Clean battery terminals
• Drain water separator • Clean trash screen
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check engine oil level • Check coolant level at recovery tank
• Check and clean dust cup/unloader valve • Check hydraulic oil level
Every 50 Hours
• Lubricate boom, arm, and linkage pivot points
TX,50,DT5033 –19–09JUN97–1/3
50–7 070397
PN=141
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
Part Number 250 Hours 500 Hours 1000 Hours 2000 Hours
Engine Oil Filters RE59754 1 1 1 1
Final Fuel Filter RE62419 1 1 1
Primary Fuel Filter (Water Separator) RE62424 1 1 1
Air Filter Primary AR79679 1 1
Air Filter Secondary AR79680 1 1
Dust Cup/Unloader Valve T23263 1 1
Hydraulic System Return Oil Filter AT147343 1 1 1
Pilot Control Oil Filter AT147496 1 1
Hydraulic Tank Breather Filter AT79590 1 1
TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50 Oil 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal)
HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic 148 L (39 gal)
Oil
API GL-5 Gear Oil 4.8 L (9 qt)
Coolant Conditioner TY16004 0.5 L (16 oz) 0.5 L (16 oz) 0.5 L (16 oz)
OILSCAN Plus Test Packages
Diesel Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1 1
Diesel Engine for Extended Oil Drain AT178842 1 1 1 1
Transmission and Gearbox Oil AT178843 1 4 4 4
Hydraulic & Hydrostatic Oil AT178844 1 1 1 1
CoolScan Kit DSO251a 1
a
Ten samples per kit.

Company.
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
CoolScan is a trademark of Deere & Company. TX,50,DT5033 –19–09JUN97–2/3
50–8 070397
PN=142
Model: 690E LC Customer:

PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain/change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000, 2000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN Plus will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information you
supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
Every 250 Hours
❒ Change engine oil and filters ❒ Check coolant level at radiator
❒ Check propel gearbox oil level ❒ Lubricate swing bearing
Comments:
Date: Hour Meter Reading: Maintenance Performed By:

Every 500 Hours
❒ Grease swing gear ❒ Check battery electrolyte level, clean terminals
❒ Change final fuel filter ❒ Change hydraulic system return filter
❒ Check air intake hoses ❒ Change primary fuel filter/water separator
❒ Add coolant conditioner
Comments:

Every 1000 Hours
❒ Replace air cleaner primary element and dust cup/unloader valve ❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Check and adjust engine speed linkage ❒ Clean hydraulic pilot control filter
❒ Check and adjust engine valve lash
Comments:

Every 2000 Hours
❒ Change propel gearbox oil ❒ Change hydraulic system oil and clean diffuser screen
❒ Change hydraulic reservoir breather filter
Comments:
OILSCAN Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TX,50,DT5033 –19–09JUN97–3/3
50–9 070397
PN=143
Maintenance—As Required
CHECK TRACK SAG
1. Swing upperstructure 90° and lower bucket to raise

track off ground.
2. Keep the angle (A) between boom and arm 90—110°
and position the bucket’s round side on the ground.

unexpected machine movement. Place blocks
under machine frame to support machine while
measuring track sag.
3. Place blocks under machine frame to support machine.
4. Rotate track forward two full rotations and then in

reverse two full rotations.
TX,55,DT5034 –19–09JUN97–1/2
5. Measure distance (A) through vertical centerline of

middle track roller from bottom of track frame to top
surface of track shoe.
TRACK SAG SPECIFICATIONS

Normal ground condition 305—325 mm (12—12-3/4 in.)
T102419 –UN–28AUG96
For general information on track sag, see Maintenance
chapter.
TX,55,DT5034 –19–09JUN97–2/2
55–1 070397
PN=144
ADJUSTING TRACK SAG
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to track

components. DO NOT use the grease
fitting on the track adjusting cylinder
for lubrication. Use this fitting ONLY for
track adjustment.
1. To adjust track tension, locate access hole (A) below

front carrier roller.
2. To tighten track, connect a grease gun to grease

fitting. Add grease until sag is within recommended
limits.
To loosen track tension, slowly loosen valve to release

pressure. Grease will escape from a relief passage in
valve. When sag is within recommended limits, tighten
valve.
T7584AD –UN–29JUL91
A—Access Hole
B—Lubrication Fitting
C—Valve
D—Grease Relief Passage
TX,55,FF2375 –19–13AUG91–1/1
CHECK AIR CLEANER
When the air filter restriction indicator lights, clean or

replace air cleaner elements. (To change elements, see
Change Air Cleaner Elements in Maintenance—Every
1000 Hours chapter.) –UN–19JAN91
T6201BE
TX,55,DT5035 –19–09JUN97–1/1
55–2 070397
PN=145
CLEAN AIR CLEANER DUST CUP AND

UNLOADER VALVE
Squeeze unloader valve (A) to remove dirt. If clogged,

inspect filter elements. Clean if necessary.
NOTE: A missing, damaged, or hardened unloader valve

will cause the air filter elements to be ineffective.
Valve should suck closed above 1/3 engine
speed.
T109185 –UN–02JUN97
TX,55,DT5036 –19–09JUN97–1/1
CLEAN DUSTY PRIMARY ELEMENT
1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON A
T47764 –UN–09NOV88
HARD SURFACE.
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flying

chips if compressed air is more than 210 kPa
(2.1 bar) (30 psi). Reduce compressed air to
less than 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using
for cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including eye protection.
2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under

210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).
3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to

outside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.
03T,55,MM11 –19–18NOV92–1/1
55–3 070397
PN=146
CLEAN OILY OR SOOTY PRIMARY ELEMENT
IMPORTANT: You can damage element. DO NOT

wash element in fuel oil, oil, gasoline,
or solvent. DO NOT use compressed air
to remove water from an element.
T90673 –UN–10NOV88
1. Wash element in warm water and John Deere R36757
Filter Element Cleaner or equivalent non-sudsing
detergent.
2. Flush with clean water. Use water pressure under 280

kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi).
3. Shake the element to remove water. Do not install

element unless it is dry.
03T,55,C19 –19–24JUL91–1/1
55–4 070397
PN=147
INSPECT ELEMENT
IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause

engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
T90684 –UN–10NOV88
1. If the element shows damage.
2. If element will not clean.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.
Install a new secondary element:
1. If the primary element is damaged

and needs to be replaced.
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.
DO NOT clean a secondary element.

Install a new element carefully centering
it in the canister.
1. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
2. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an

element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
a new element.
03T,55,C67 –19–24JUL91–1/1
55–5 070397
PN=148
CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL

AND TERMINALS
Ö CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first

and replace it last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must

be charged after water is added to
prevent battery freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
TX,55,FF2489 –19–12MAY93–1/2
55–6 070397
PN=149
Fill each cell to within specified range (see label on

battery or drawing at right) with distilled water. DO NOT
overfill.
T6996DB –UN–10FEB89
Single Level Fill Tube Application
T6996DA –UN–10FEB89
Dual Level Fill Tube Application
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
TX,55,FF2489 –19–12MAY93–2/2
INSPECT SERPENTINE BELT
1. Check belt for wear, especially for cracks at the bottom

of grooves and for frayed edges.
2. If necessary, replace belt.
TX,55,DT5037 –19–09JUN97–1/2
55–7 070397
PN=150
3. Place 15mm, 1/2 in. drive socket on capscrew (A).

Turn ratchet counterclockwise to pull tension adjuster
assembly (B) away from belt, releasing belt tension.
4. Hold tension adjuster assembly away from belt while

removing old belt and installing new belt.
5. Slowly turn ratchet clockwise to place tension adjuster

assembly against new belt. Tension is automatically
adjusted.
T109285 –UN–02JUN97
6. Remove ratchet from assembly.
TX,55,DT5037 –19–09JUN97–2/2
DRAIN FUEL TANK SUMP
2. Rotate upperstructure 90° clockwise for easier access

to drain.


minutes.
8. Remove fuel tank fill cap.
TX,55,FF2391 –19–22SEP94–1/2
55–8 070397
PN=151
9. Open valve (A) for several seconds to drain water and

sediment into a container. Dispose of waste properly.
10. Close valve and install fill cap.
–UN–29MAY91
T7527CF
TX,55,FF2391 –19–22SEP94–2/2
DRAIN PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (WATER

SEPARATOR)
1. Open right access door to access primary fuel filter

(water separator).
T109296 –UN–02JUN97
2. Put container under drain valve (A), or direct hose into
a container.
3. Open drain valve and bleed screw to extract water and

sediment from fuel system.
4. Close drain valve.
5. Press pump (B) until fuel free of bubbles flows from

bleed screw.
6. Close bleed screw.
7. Close right access door.
8. Dispose of waste properly.
TX,55,DT5038 –19–09JUN97–1/1
55–9 070397
PN=152
CLEAN TRASH SCREEN
Open hood. Slide screen up to clean.
–UN–08AUG91
T7527EJ
TX,55,FF2490 –19–23MAR93–1/1
55–10 070397
PN=153
55–1 070397
PN=154
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
IMPORTANT: Prevent engine damage. Do not run

engine when oil level is below the ADD
mark.
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when the

engine is cold before starting the engine for the day’s
operation.
1. Make sure dipstick (A) is fully seated.
T109300 –UN–02JUN97
2. Remove dipstick to check oil level.
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: The engine is

full when oil level is in the cross hatch area (C). It is
acceptable to run the engine when the oil level is
above the ADD mark.
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow the oil

to drain into the oil pan for 10 minutes before checking
the oil level. Ten minutes after shutdown the engine oil
level must be above the ADD mark.
T7405CJ –UN–05APR91
3. If necessary, remove filler cap (B) to add oil. (See
Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
TX,60,DT5039 –19–09JUN97–1/1
CHECK AIR CLEANER DUST CUP AND

UNLOADER VALVE

Valve should suck closed above 1/3 engine
speed.
Squeeze unloader valve (A) to remove dirt. If clogged,

inspect filter elements. Clean, if necessary.
T109185 –UN–02JUN97
TX,60,DT5040 –19–09JUN97–1/1
60–1 070397
PN=155
CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
With the engine cold, coolant level must be 3/4 full in

recovery bottle (A).
If coolant is below 3/4 full, add coolant to the recovery

bottle.
Ö CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot

spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator cap
unless engine is cool. Then turn the cap slowly
T109227 –UN–02JUN97
to the stop. Release all pressure before you
remove cap.
TX,60,DT5041 –19–09JUN97–1/2
Slowly turn radiator cap to the stop to release pressure.

Remove cap.
If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks. Repair as

required. Add coolant to the radiator and the recovery
tank.
T109231 –UN–02JUN97
NOTE: If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, check
for leaks on radiator cap, and hose connections
between radiator and coolant recovery tank.
Coolant level must be at bottom of the filler neck.
TX,60,DT5041 –19–09JUN97–2/2
60–2 070397
PN=156
CHECK HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to hydraulic system

components. DO NOT run machine
without oil in hydraulic tank.
–UN–16MAY91
2. Extend arm cylinder completely. Extend bucket cylinder

to 3/4 of stroke.
T7527BV


minutes.
7. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the right control

lever.
TX,60,DT5042 –19–09JUN97–1/3
9. Check oil level gauge (A) on hydraulic tank. Oil must

be in the operating range of sight gauge.
If necessary, add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants

chapter.)
T109228 –UN–02JUN97
TX,60,DT5042 –19–09JUN97–2/3
60–3 070397
PN=157
–UN–16MAY91
T7527BY
10. Unlock hydraulic tank fill cap (A). 12. Add oil. Check oil level.
Ö CAUTION: Explosive release of oil from

pressurized system can cause serious burns
NOTE: Adding 7.6 L (2 gal) of oil will raise the tank oil
level 25.5 mm (1 in.).
or penetrating injury. The hydraulic tank is
pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release all 13. Close and lock hydraulic fill cap.
pressure before removing cap.
11. Turn fill cap slowly to release air pressure. Then

remove cap.
TX,60,DT5042 –19–09JUN97–3/3
60–4 070397
PN=158
LUBRICATE BOOM, ARM, AND BUCKET
LINKAGE
Grease working tool pivots every 4 hours for the first 20

hours. Grease working tool pivots daily for the first 30—
100 hours and when working in mud and water.
TX,65,DT5043 –19–09JUN97–1/4
Lubricate boom base (C) and head end of arm cylinder

(B) with ten shots of grease each.
Lubricate boom cylinder rod end fittings (A) on lube bank

and head end fittings (D) until grease escapes at joint.
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
NOTE: Lubrication of boom, arm, and bucket can be

done from the ground.
Lubricate remaining fittings until grease escapes at joint.
T109229 –UN–02JUN97
T109230 –UN–02JUN97
TX,65,DT5043 –19–09JUN97–2/4
65–1 070397
PN=159
–UN–08MAY91
T7527AT –UN–08MAY91
T7527AP
One Point One Point

–UN–08MAY91
T7527AR –UN–08MAY91
T7527AV
One Point One Point
TX,65,DT5043 –19–09JUN97–3/4
65–2 070397
PN=160
T7527AQ –UN–08MAY91
–UN–08MAY91
T7527AS
Two Points Five Points
T7527AU –UN–08MAY91
One Point
TX,65,DT5043 –19–09JUN97–4/4
65–3 070397
PN=161
65–1 070397
PN=162
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTERS
IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5

percent, change the engine oil at one-
half the normal interval.
NOTE: If engine has not run 250 hours before season

changes, change oil.
1. Run engine to warm oil.
3. Lower bucket to ground.


minutes.

lever.
TX,75,DT5044 –19–09JUN97–1/5
75–1 070397
PN=163
9. Open drain valve (A). Allow oil to drain into a

container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
SPECIFICATION
Engine oil capacity Approx 19 L (20 qt)
T109301 –UN–02JUN97
TX,75,DT5044 –19–09JUN97–2/5
10. Turn filter (A) counterclockwise to remove. Clean the

mounting surfaces on base.
11. Apply thin film of oil to rubber gasket of new filters.
12. Install new filter. Turn filter clockwise by hand until
T109302 –UN–02JUN97
gaskets touch mounting surfaces.
13. Tighten 1/2—3/4 turn more.
TX,75,DT5044 –19–09JUN97–3/5
15. Remove fill cap (B). Add oil. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.)
16. Install fill cap.

T109303 –UN–02JUN97
TX,75,DT5044 –19–09JUN97–4/5
75–2 070397
PN=164
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter

change, crank engine for 10 seconds
without starting (remove injection pump
fuse from fuse box) to refill the filter
elements and pre-lubricate the
turbocharger.
17. Remove injection pump fuse (C) from fuse box so

engine will not start. Crank engine for 10 seconds
using starter motor.
18. Install injection pump fuse in fuse box. Start and run
engine at slow idle.
19. Check that engine oil pressure light on monitor goes

out and buzzer stops immediately. If not, stop engine
immediately and find the cause.
20. Stop the engine. Check oil level.
21. Check for any leakage at filters. Tighten filters just
T7527EI –UN–06AUG91
enough to stop leakage.
TX,75,DT5044 –19–09JUN97–5/5
CHECK RADIATOR COOLANT LEVEL

spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator fill cap
unless engine is cool. Loosen cap slowly to the
stop. Release all pressure before removing cap.
T109231 –UN–02JUN97
1. Turn cap slowly to the stop to release pressure. Then
remove radiator fill cap. Coolant level must be at
bottom of fill neck.
2. If coolant level is low in radiator and normal in the

recovery tank, check for an air (vacuum) leak between
fill cap and recovery tank, loose radiator hose clamp,
or radiator damage. Repair as required.
3. Add coolant as necessary. Install fill cap.
TX,75,DT5045 –19–09JUN97–1/1
75–3 070397
PN=165
CHECK PROPEL GEARBOX OIL LEVEL
1. Bottom of check plug (B) must rest on horizontal

centerline of gearbox. Distance between bottom of
check hole and top of track shoe pad is approximately
365—400 mm (14-3/8—15-3/4 in.).
Ö CAUTION: High pressure release of fluids from

pressurized system can cause serious burns.
Wait for propel gearbox to cool. Keep body and
face away from check plug. Gradually loosen
check plug to release air pressure.
2. After propel gearbox has cooled, gradually loosen

check plug (B) to release air pressure.
Oil must be to the bottom of hole.
3. If necessary, add oil through fill hole (A) until it flows

out of check hole. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
–UN–29MAY91
4. Install fill and check plugs.
5. Check oil level of second propel gearbox.
T7531AY
6. If oil was added, after 15 minutes of propelling
machine, check oil level again.
TX,55,FF2379 –19–12MAY93–1/1
75–4 070397
PN=166
LUBRICATE SWING BEARING

unexpected machine movement if controls are
moved by another person. Lubricating both
swing bearing and rotating the upperstructure
must be done by one person. Before you
lubricate swing bearing, clear the area of all
persons.


minutes.

lever.
TX,75,DT5046 –19–09JUN97–1/2
75–5 070397
PN=167
8. Lubricate swing bearing with four shots of grease at

grease fitting. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
9. Start engine. Raise bucket several inches off the

ground and turn upperstructure 45°.
10. Repeat steps 2—9 for two complete revolutions.
NOTE: A properly greased swing bearing will show

grease protruding past the lower seal completely
around the bearing circumference.
11. Repeat steps if grease has not purged past the lower
seal.
T8328AD –UN–28SEP94
TX,75,DT5046 –19–09JUN97–2/2
INSPECT LONG FRONT ATTACHMENT
Inspect all sides of structure for weld or material crack in

areas shown.
T109622 –19–02JUN97
TX,75,DT5047 –19–09JUN97–1/1
75–6 070397
PN=168
LUBRICATE SWING BEARING GEAR

unexpected machine movement if controls are
moved by another person. Lubricating swing
bearing gear and rotating the upperstructure
must be done by one person.
1. Remove access cover (A) to swing gear.
2. Grease must be 13—25 mm (1/2—1 in.) (B) deep,
T109304 –UN–02JUN97
measured from the bottom of the ring gear, and be free
of contamination by dirt and water.
If the grease is contaminated, remove plug at bottom

of swing gear, remove grease, and replace with clean
grease. Install plug.
IMPORTANT: If water or mud is found in swing gear

area, see Operating in Water and Mud in
Operating the Machine chapter.
3. Add grease as required. (See Fuels and Lubricants

chapter.)
–UN–13JAN94
IMPORTANT: Excessive grease can damage the
swing gearbox seal.
T8156AE
4. Remove excess grease that extrudes over the top of
the swing drive pinion.
5. Install access cover.
TX,80,DT5048 –19–09JUN97–1/1
80–1 070397
PN=169
REPLACE FINAL FUEL FILTER
1. Close fuel shut-off valve at fuel tank.
2. Thoroughly clean final fuel filter assembly and

surrounding area, if not previously done.
T109306 –UN–02JUN97
NOTE: Lifting up on retaining ring (A) as it is rotated
helps to get it past raised locators.
3. Connect a drain line to filter drain adapter and drain all

fuel from filter into a container. Dispose of waste
properly.
4. Firmly grasp the retaining ring and rotate it

counterclockwise 1/4 turn. Remove ring with filter
element (B).
5. Inspect filter mounting base for cleanliness. Clean as

required.
NOTE: The filter must be indexed properly and the key

on canister must be oriented in slot of mounting
base for correct installation.
6. Thoroughly inspect filter base seal ring. Replace as

needed.
7. Install new filter onto mounting base and position

element using a slight rocking motion. Be sure element
is properly indexed on mounting base
8. Install retaining ring onto mounting base and tighten

about 1/3 turn until ring “snaps” into the detent. DO
NOT overtighten the retaining ring.
9. Bleed fuel system. (See Bleeding Fuel System in

Maintenance Chapter.)
TX,80,DT5049 –19–09JUN97–1/1
80–2 070397
PN=170
CHECK AIR INTAKE HOSE
Check air intake hose (A) for leaks. Replace as

necessary.
Tighten hose clamps.
T109307 –UN–02JUN97
TX,80,DT5050 –19–09JUN97–1/1
80–3 070397
PN=171
CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL

AND TERMINALS


hydrometer.


eyes.
added.

the acid.

IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must

be charged after water is added to
prevent battery freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
TX,55,FF2489 –19–12MAY93–1/3
80–4 070397
PN=172
1. Fill each cell to within specified range (see label on

battery or drawing at right) with distilled water. DO
NOT overfill.
Ö CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Always

remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and
T6996DB –UN–10FEB89
replace it last.
2. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.
Single Level Fill Tube Application
T6996DA –UN–10FEB89
Dual Level Fill Tube Application
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
TX,55,FF2489 –19–12MAY93–2/3
3. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff

brush.
4. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal

base only.
–UN–21OCT88
5. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
6. Install battery covers and hold-down clamps.

T6758AA
TX,55,FF2489 –19–12MAY93–3/3
80–5 070397
PN=173
ADD COOLANT CONDITIONER TO

RADIATOR
Coolant conditioner prevents rust, scale, and liner

cavitation.
T109231 –UN–02JUN97
spraying water. Do not remove radiator cap
unless the engine is cool. Then loosen cap
slowly to the stop. Release all pressure before
removing cap.
1. Turn cap slowly to the stop to release pressure. Then

remove radiator cap.
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or

equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor,
following instructions on container.
SPECIFICATION
Cooling system capacity Approx. 41.5 L (11 gal)
NOTE: Add conditioner every 500 hours or 6 months, or if

you replace 1/3 or more of coolant.
John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner does not

protect against freezing.
TX,80,DT5051 –19–09JUN97–1/1
80–6 070397
PN=174
CHANGE PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (WATER

SEPARATOR)
1. Close fuel shut-off valve at fuel tank.
2. Thoroughly clean primary fuel filter (water separator)
T109305 –UN–02JUN97
assembly and surrounding area, if not previously done.
NOTE: Lifting up on retaining ring (A) as it is rotated

helps to get it past raised locators.
3. Connect a drain line to filter drain adapter and drain all

fuel from filter into a container. Dispose of waste
properly
4. Firmly grasp the retaining ring and rotate it

counterclockwise 1/4 turn. Remove ring with filter
element (B).
5. Inspect filter mounting base for cleanliness. Clean as

required.
NOTE: The filter must be indexed properly and the key

on canister must be oriented in slot of mounting
base for correct installation.
6. Remove water separator bowl. Drain and clean

separator bowl. Dry with compressed air.
7. Install water separator bowl onto new filter element.

Tighten securely.
8. Thoroughly inspect filter base seal ring. Replace as

needed.
9. Install new filter onto mounting base and position

element using a slight rocking motion. Be sure element
is properly indexed on mounting base
10. Install retaining ring onto mounting base and tighten

about 1/3 turn until ring “snaps” into the detent. DO
NOT overtighten the retaining ring.
11. Bleed fuel system. (See Bleeding Fuel System in

Maintenance Chapter.)
TX,80,DT5052 –19–09JUN97–1/1
80–7 070397
PN=175
CHANGE HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER
T7527CC –UN–22MAY91
Ö CAUTION: High pressure release of oil from
2. Loosen and remove cap screws on hydraulic tank
filter cover (B).
or penetrating injury. The hydraulic tank is
pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release all Hold down filter cover against light spring load
pressure before removing cap. when removing the last two cap screws. Remove
cover.
1. Turn fill cap (A) slowly. Release all pressure before
removing cap.
NOTE: There is spring tension under cover. Hold

down cover when removing last two cap
screws.
TX,80,FF2370 –19–13AUG91–1/2
80–8 070397
PN=176
3. Remove spring (D), valve (E), and element (F).
NOTE: Remove element and inspect for metal particles

and debris in bottom of filter case. Excessive
amounts of brass and steel particles can indicate
a failed hydraulic pump, motor, valve, or a failure
in process. A rubber type of material can indicate
cylinder packing failure.
4. Discard element and O-ring (C).

chips if compressed air is more than 210 kPa (2
bar) (30 psi). Reduce compressed air to less
than 210 kPa (2 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
5. Install filter, valve, and spring in tank.
–UN–01AUG91
6. Install O-ring.
7. Install cover and tighten cap screws.
T7527EE
FILTER COVER CAP SCREW TORQUE SPECIFICATION
Cap screws, cover 49 N•m (36 lb-ft)
A—Cap Screw
B—Cover
C—O-Ring
D—Spring
E—Valve
F—Element
TX,80,FF2370 –19–13AUG91–2/2
80–9 070397
PN=177
80–1 070397
PN=178
REPLACE AIR CLEANER DUST CUP AND
UNLOADER VALVE

Replace unloader valve (A).
T109185 –UN–02JUN97
TX,85,DY2832 –19–09JUN97–1/1
CHANGE AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS
1. Open left front service door.
2. Loosen wing nut to remove cover.
TX,85,FF2318 –19–01NOV91–1/3
3. Remove wing nut and primary element (A).
T6119AF –UN–01NOV88
TX,85,FF2318 –19–01NOV91–2/3
85–1 070397
PN=179
4. Remove wing nut and secondary element (B).
5. Install elements, making sure the secondary element is

centered in canister.
6. Install cover.
T6119AG –UN–01NOV88
TX,85,FF2318 –19–01NOV91–3/3
CHECK ENGINE SPEEDS
The system controller indicators can be used to check

engine speeds. See System Controller Adjust Mode—Low
Idle/High Idle Correct in the Operational Checkout
chapter.
If engine speeds do not meet specifications, check

linkage. If speeds still need adjustment, see your
authorized dealer.
TX,85,FF2398 –19–13AUG91–1/1
85–2 070397
PN=180
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
–19–28FEB95
T8419AB
T7577AD –19–29JUL91
TX,85,DY2833 –19–09JUN97–1/3
85–3 070397
PN=181
SYSTEM CONTROLLER SPECIFICATION 9. Inside the cab, remove four cap screws and the
“Engine RPM Correct” indicator ON fuse box cover to remove the rear console cover.
Low idle range 820—880 rpm
High idle stop screw (G) range 2175—2225 rpm 10. Push system controller switch (Q) twice. Engine
speed will decrease. Actuator piston (K) will be
“Engine RPM Correct” and “Engine RPM High” indicators
BLINKING TOGETHER
fully retracted.
High idle range 2250—2300 rpm
11. Hold injection pump lever against slow idle stop
and move actuator until piston contacts roller
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
bearing (L). Tighten cap screws (J).
Tachometer
NOTE: If “Engine RPM Correct” and “Engine RPM

1. Connect tachometer. Low” or “Engine RPM High” indicators are
blinking erratically, the engine linkage
2. Start engine and run until it is at normal operating adjustment is close to specification.
temperature.
12. Watch system controller indicators. “Adjust Mode”
3. Before leaving the cab, pull pilot control shut-off (green), “Pump Solenoid Valve Current,” and “Low
lever to locked position. Do not leave machine Idle” indicators must be on.
unattended while engine is running.
In addition, one of the following indicators will be
4. Loosen cap screws (J). Do not remove cap screws. on.
Move actuator (I) away from roller bearing (L).
• If “Engine RPM Correct” indicator is on, go to
5. Loosen nut (H). Turn cap screw (G) in. next step.
• If “Engine RPM Low” indicator is on, loosen rod
6. Hold injection pump lever (A) against slow idle stop (D) nuts and turn rod to shorten its length.
(B). Slow idle must be 850 ± 30 rpm. • If “Engine RPM High” indicator is on, loosen rod
(D) nuts and turn rod to lengthen it.
Hold injection pump lever against fast idle stop (C).
Fast idle must be 2275 ± 25 rpm. RPM SPECIFICATION FOR “ENGINE RPM LOW” INDICATOR
Indicator blinking 0—800 rpm
If these speeds are not correct, see your authorized Indicator on steadily 800—820 rpm
dealer.
RPM SPECIFICATION FOR “ENGINE RPM HIGH” INDICATOR
NOTE: Rod (D) has left-hand and right-hand threads.
Indicator blinking 900 rpm or greater
7. Measure rod (D) from center of balljoint to center of Indicator on steadily 880—900 rpm
balljoint. Rod length must be approximately 137 mm

(5.39 in.) (M), so that the bellcrank slot forms a arc 13. Push system controller switch a third time. Engine
around injection pump lever balljoint, when lever is speed will increase. Actuator piston will be fully
against slow idle stop. Loosen nuts and turn rod to extended.
adjust length, if necessary. Tighten nuts.
“Adjust Mode” (green) “Pump Solenoid Valve
8. Position rod so nut (F) is approximately 12.7 mm Current,” and “High Idle” indicators must be on.
(0.5 in.) (N) from top of bellcrank (E) slot. Tighten
nut (F).
TX,85,DY2833 –19–09JUN97–2/3
85–4 070397
PN=182
14. Loosen nut (F). While holding injection pump lever • If “Engine RPM High” indicator is blinking (2350
against fast idle stop, adjust position of nut (F) in rpm or greater), lower nut (F) in bellcrank slot
bellcrank slot until roller bearing (L) contacts
actuator piston (K). 16. Push system controller switch a fourth time. The
system controller will maintain engine speed at
15. Check system controller indicators. 2200 rpm.
• If both “Engine RPM Correct” and “Engine RPM “Adjust Mode” (green) “Pump Solenoid Valve
High” indicators are BLINKING TOGETHER, go Current,” “High Idle Stop,” and “Engine RPM
to next step. (Linkage is adjusted to high idle Correct” indicators must be on. If any of these
range of 2250—2300 rpm.) indicators is not on, see your authorized dealer.
• If “Engine RPM High” indicator is on steadily
(2225—2350 rpm) OR 17. Turn screw (G) out until it contacts bellcrank (E).
If “Engine RPM Correct” indicator is on steadily Tighten nut (H).
(2200—2250) OR
If “Engine RPM Low” indicator is blinking or on 18. Push system controller switch a fifth time to return
steadily (0—2175 rpm), system controller to normal operation mode. All
THEN raise nut (F) in bellcrank slot. indicators should go out.
TX,85,DY2833 –19–09JUN97–3/3
CHECK AND ADJUST ENGINE VALVE LASH

(CLEARANCE)
IMPORTANT: Valve clearance MUST BE checked and

adjusted with engine COLD.
Ö CAUTION: Prevent accidental starting of engine

while performing valve adjustments. Always
disconnect NEGATIVE (—) battery terminal.
1. Remove rocker arm cover and engine crankcase

ventilation tube. Clean tube with solvent or diesel fuel.
Check that O-ring in rocker arm cover is in good
condition.
TX,85,DY2834 –19–09JUN97–1/4
85–5 070397
PN=183
IMPORTANT: Visually inspect contact surfaces of

valve tips and rocker arm wear pads.
Check all parts for excessive wear,
breakage, or cracks. Replace parts that
show visible damage.
T109309 –UN–02JUN97
Rocker arms that exhibit excessive
valve clearance should be inspected
more thoroughly to identify damaged
parts.
2. Remove cap from holes (A and B). Install JDG 820

Flywheel Turning Tool in hole (A). Install JDE-81-4
Timing Pin in hole (B).
3. Using engine rotation tool, rotate engine flywheel in

running direction (clockwise viewed from front) until No.
1 cylinder is at “TDC” Compression stroke. Timing pin
will go into hole (B).
If No. 1 cylinder rocker arms are loose, the engine is at

No. 1 “TDC” Compression. If No. 1 cylinder rocker
arms are not loose, rotate engine one full revolution
(360°) to No. 1 “TDC” Compression
To change piston position, remove timing pin and

rotate flywheel.
4. Check and adjust valve clearance to specifications as

directed in the following procedures.
VALVE CLEARANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Exhaust Valves (E) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Intake Valves (I) 0.35 mm (0.014 in.)
TX,85,DY2834 –19–09JUN97–2/4
5. Loosen jam nut (A) and adjust clearance with a

screwdriver, as shown.
RG7409 –UN–06AUG96
TX,85,DY2834 –19–09JUN97–3/4
85–6 070397
PN=184
6. Adjust No. 1, 3, and 5 exhaust valves and No. 1, 2,

and 4 intake valves (A).
7. Tighten jam nuts to 27 N•m (20 lb-ft) after adjustment

is complete.
T6872AG –UN–18MAY94
8. Rotate engine 360° and repeat steps 7 and 8 for the
remaining intake and exhaust valves (B).
9. Clean cylinder head and rocker arm cover mating

surfaces.
10. Install rocker arm cover gasket. Do not use sealant

on the gasket. A—No. 1 TDC Compression Stroke
B—No. 6 Compression Stroke
C—Fan End of Engine
11. Install rocker arm cover. Tighten screws to 10.8 N•m
(96 lb-in.). Do not over tighten cap screws.
12. Remove turning tool and timing pin.
13. Install cap.
TX,85,DY2834 –19–09JUN97–4/4
CLEAN ENGINE CRANKCASE VENTILATION

TUBE
Clean the tube (A) when you measure and adjust engine
valve clearance (lash).
T109308 –UN–02JUN97
TX,85,DY2836 –19–09JUN97–1/1
85–7 070397
PN=185
CHANGE HYDRAULIC PILOT CONTROL FILTER
–UN–16MAY91
T7527BY
1. Turn fill cap (A) slowly to release air pressure. Then
remove cap.
or penetrating injury. The hydraulic system
is pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release
all pressure before you remove cap.
TX,85,DY2837 –19–09JUN97–1/2
2. Turn hydraulic pilot control filter (A) counterclockwise to

remove. Clean mounting surface on base.
3. Apply thin film of oil to rubber gasket of new filter.
4. Install new filter. Turn filter clockwise by hand until

gasket touches mounting surface.
5. Tighten filter 3/4—1 turn more.
6. Check oil level. Add oil as necessary.

T109310 –UN–02JUN97
TX,85,DY2837 –19–09JUN97–2/2
85–8 070397
PN=186
CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL AND CLEAN

DIFFUSER SCREEN FOR LONG FRONT
ATTACHMENT
T7527CB –UN–22MAY91
2. Rotate upperstructure 90°. Extend arm cylinder
completely. Extend bucket cylinder to 3/4 of stroke.
Lower bucket to ground.


minutes.

lever.
TX,85,DY2856 –19–10JUN97–1/5
85–9 070397
PN=187
9. Remove hydraulic tank drain plug. Allow oil to drain
into a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
is pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release SPECIFICATION
all pressure before you remove cap. Hydraulic tank capacity Approx 151.8 L (40 gal)
8. Turn fill cap (A) slowly to release air pressure. Then 10. Remove cap screws and hydraulic tank filter cover
remove cap. (B).
TX,85,DY2856 –19–10JUN97–2/5
85–10 070397
PN=188
11. Remove hydraulic return filter (A). (See Change

Hydraulic Return Filter in Maintenance-Every 500
Hours chapter.)
12. Remove three cap screws (B) and diffuser screen (C).
13. Clean hydraulic tank and diffuser screen thoroughly.
14. Install clean diffuser screen. Install three cap screws.
15. Install hydraulic return filter.
16. Install hydraulic tank cover and cap screws.
T7527CM –UN–23JUL91
TX,85,DY2856 –19–10JUN97–3/5
17. Change hydraulic pilot control filter (B). (See

procedure in this chapter.)
18. Change hydraulic breather filter (A). (See procedure

in Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours chapter.)
T109312 –UN–02JUN97
19. Apply Liquid TEFLON Pipe Thread Sealant to drain
plug. Install hydraulic tank drain plug.
IMPORTANT: Do not run engine without oil in the

hydraulic pump.
20. Add oil to hydraulic tank until oil is at centerline of

sight tube. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company. TX,85,DY2856 –19–10JUN97–4/5
85–11 070397
PN=189
level 25 mm (1 in.)
21. Loosen air bleed plugs (A and B) until oil comes out.
22. Tighten air bleed plugs.
24. Check oil level
T109313 –UN–02JUN97
TX,85,DY2856 –19–10JUN97–5/5
85–12 070397
PN=190
CHANGE PROPEL GEARBOX OIL
1. Drain plug (A) must be at 6 o’clock position.
Ö CAUTION: High pressure release of fluids from

pressurized system can cause serious burns.
Wait for propel gearbox to cool. Keep body and
face away from fill plug. Gradually loosen fill
plug to release air pressure.
2. After propel gearbox has cooled, gradually loosen fill

plug to release air pressure.
3. Remove drain and fill plug. Allow oil to drain into a

container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
SPECIFICATION
Propel gearbox capacity, each 3.8 L (4 qt)
4. Install drain plug.
T7531AW –UN–27APR93
Drain Position
TX,86,FF2369 –19–12MAY93–1/2
86–1 070397
PN=191
5. Rotate propel gearbox until bottom of check plug (B)

rests on horizontal centerline of gearbox. Distance
between bottom of check hole and top of track shoe
pad is approximately 365—400 mm (14-3/8—15-3/4
in.).
6. Add oil through fill hole (A) until oil reaches bottom of
check hole. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
7. Install fill and check plugs.
8. Repeat procedure for second propel gearbox.
9. After 15 minutes of propelling machine, check oil level

again.
–UN–29MAY91
T7531AY
Fill Position
TX,86,FF2369 –19–12MAY93–2/2
CHANGE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

BREATHER FILTER
1. Remove hydraulic breather filter (A) by turning

counterclockwise.
T109311 –UN–02JUN97
2. Replace filter.
3. Install hydraulic breather filter (A).
TX,86,DY2838 –19–09JUN97–1/1
86–2 070397
PN=192
CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL AND CLEAN

DIFFUSER SCREEN—STANDARD FRONT
ATTACHMENT
T7527CB –UN–22MAY91
2. Rotate upperstructure 90°. Extend arm cylinder
completely. Extend bucket cylinder to 3/4 of stroke.


minutes.

lever.
TX,86,DY2857 –19–10JUN97–1/5
86–3 070397
PN=193
9. Remove hydraulic tank drain plug. Allow oil to drain
into a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
is pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release SPECIFICATION
all pressure before you remove cap. Hydraulic tank capacity Approx 151.8 L (40 gal)
8. Turn fill cap (A) slowly to release air pressure. Then 10. Remove cap screws and hydraulic tank filter cover
remove cap. (B).
TX,86,DY2857 –19–10JUN97–2/5
86–4 070397
PN=194
11. Remove hydraulic return filter (A). (See Change

Hydraulic Return Filter in Maintenance-Every 500
Hours chapter.)
12. Remove three cap screws (B) and diffuser screen (C).
13. Clean hydraulic tank and diffuser screen thoroughly.
14. Install clean diffuser screen. Install three cap screws.
15. Install hydraulic return filter.
16. Install hydraulic tank cover and cap screws.
T7527CM –UN–23JUL91
TX,86,DY2857 –19–10JUN97–3/5
17. Change hydraulic pilot control filter (B). (See Change

Hydraulic Pilot Control Filter in Maintenance-Every
1000 Hours chapter.)
18. Change hydraulic breather filter (A). (See procedure

in this chapter).
T109312 –UN–02JUN97
19. Apply Liquid TEFLON Pipe Thread Sealant to drain
plug. Install hydraulic tank drain plug.
IMPORTANT: Do not run engine without oil in the

hydraulic pump.
20. Add oil to hydraulic tank until oil is at centerline of

sight tube. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company. TX,86,DY2857 –19–10JUN97–4/5
86–5 070397
PN=195
level 25 mm (1 in.)
21. Loosen air bleed plugs (A and B) until oil comes out.
22. Tighten air bleed plugs.
24. Check oil level
T109313 –UN–02JUN97
TX,86,DY2857 –19–10JUN97–5/5
86–6 070397
PN=196
Maintenance
DRAIN THE COOLING SYSTEM
Every spring and fall drain and flush cooling system using
commercial products and refill with new coolant.
Every second year replace thermostats while replacing

coolant.
TX,90,FF2370 –19–23MAR93–1/3
Ö CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when

cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
1. Slowly turn cap to the stop to release pressure.

Remove cap.
TX,90,FF2370 –19–23MAR93–2/3
2. Turn radiator valve (A) counterclockwise to open. Allow

coolant to drain into a container. Dispose of used
coolant properly.
3. Turn engine block valve counterclockwise to drain

engine block. Allow coolant to drain into a container. –UN–22MAY91
Dispose of used coolant properly.
4. Flush system using commercial product.

T7527CI
5. Close valves.
TX,90,FF2370 –19–23MAR93–3/3
90–1 070397
PN=197
Maintenance
BLEEDING THE FUEL SYSTEM
1. Open bleed screws a on final fuel filter and on primary

fuel filter (water separator).
2. Pump primary fuel filter (water separator) primer (B)
T109314 –UN–02JUN97
until fuel fills separator bowl and until fuel escapes
from water separator bleed screw.
3. Tighten water separator bleed screw.
4. Pump primary fuel filter (water separator) primer (B)

until fuel escapes from final fuel filter bleed screw.
5. Tighten final fuel filter bleed screw.
T109315 –UN–02JUN97
TX,90,DY2839 –19–09JUN97–1/1
ENGINE COOLANT
John Deere Low Silicate Antifreeze is recommended. Check container label or consult with antifreeze
supplier before using.
Also recommended is low silicate antifreeze formulated
to GM6038M or equivalent. Mix 50-67 percent low silicate antifreeze with 33-50
percent distilled or deionized water.
Other antifreezes that may be used:
Low silicate antifreeze provides:
• Ethylene-glycol type.
• Those containing not more than 0.1 percent • Adequate heat transfer.
anhydrous metasilicate. • Corrosion-resistant environment within the cooling
• Those meeting General Motors Performance system.
Specification GM1899M • Compatibility with cooling system hose and seal
material.
IMPORTANT: Some types of ethylene-glycol • Protection during cold and hot weather operations.
antifreeze are intended for
automotive use. These products are Certain geographical areas may require special
often labeled for use in aluminum antifreeze or coolant practices. If you have any
engines and usually contain more questions, consult your authorized servicing dealer to
than 0.1 percent of anhydrous obtain the latest information and recommendations.
metasilicate.
DX,COOL –19–04JUN90–1/1
90–2 070397
PN=198
Maintenance
CHECK HOSES, RADIATOR, AND OIL

COOLER
1. Check coolant hoses (A) for cracks and leaks. Replace

if necessary.
2. Tighten clamps.
3. Check radiator and oil cooler for dirt, damage, leaks,

and loose or broken mountings. Clean radiator and oil
cooler fins. Clean radiator air inlet screen. Inspect fan.
T109467 –UN–02JUN97
TX,90,DY2840 –19–09JUN97–1/1
90–3 070397
PN=199
Maintenance
COOLING SYSTEM FILL AND DEAERATION

PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATION
Cooling system capacity 41.5 L (11 gal)
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate

ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type,

low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water.
FILL
Fill radiator to the bottom of the radiator fill neck.
Fill the recovery tank to 3/4 full.
DEAERATION
The cooling system requires several warm-up and cool

down cycles to deaerate. It will NOT deaerate during
normal operation. Only during warm-up and cool down
cycles will the system deaerate.
1. Start engine. Run engine until coolant reaches a warm

temperature.
2. Stop engine. Allow coolant to cool.
3. Check coolant level at recovery tank.
4. Repeat Steps 1—3 until recovery tank coolant level is

repeatedly at the same level (stabilized).
NOTE: The level of the coolant in the cooling system

MUST BE repeatedly checked after all drain and
refill procedures to insure that all air is out of the
system which allows the coolant level to stabilize.
Check coolant level only when the engine is cold.
5. If necessary, fill recovery tank to 3/4 full.
6. Install recovery tank and radiator caps.
TX,90,DY2862 –19–30JUN97–1/1
90–4 070397
PN=200
Maintenance
TEST THE COOLANT FREEZE—

PROTECTION LEVEL
See your John Deere dealer for SERVICE-GARD

coolant and battery tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
T85402 –UN–10NOV88
If you operate your engine in extremely cold temperatures,
see your John Deere dealer for information on arctic
operation.
SERVICE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company. T82,EXMA,CK –19–28JUL94–1/1
DO NOT SERVICE INJECTION NOZZLES
IMPORTANT: Do not service or remove injection

nozzles. The service life of the injection
nozzles may be shortened by:
Overheating Improper operation Poor

quality fuel Excessive idling
If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,

the engine will not run normally. (See your authorized
dealer for service.)
T82,SKMA,A –19–28JUL94–1/1
90–5 070397
PN=201
Maintenance
DO NOT CHANGE INJECTION PUMP
IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold Changing the injection pump in any way not approved
water on an injection pump while the by the manufacturer will end the warranty. (See your
pump is running, or while it is still copy of the John Deere warranty on this machine.)
warm. To do so may cause seizure
of pump parts. Do not service an injection pump that is not operating
correctly. (See your authorized injection pump service
Clean trash regularly from under center.)
injection pump.
04T,90,C83 –19–16AUG93–1/1
DRAINING PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (WATER

SEPARATOR) AND FINAL FUEL FILTER
NOTE: Drain water and sediment as as necessary.
1. Open right access door to access primary fuel filter/
T109316 –UN–02JUN97
water separator.
2. Put container under drain valve (A), or direct hose into

a container.
3. Open drain valve (A) and bleed screw (B) to extract

water and sediment from fuel system.
5. Open hood to access final fuel filter.
TX,90,DY2842 –19–09JUN97–1/2
90–6 070397
PN=202
Maintenance
6. Put container under drain valve (C) or direct hose into

container.
7. Open drain valve (C) and bleed screw (D) to extract

sediment from fuel system.
T109317 –UN–02JUN97
9. Bleed fuel system. (See procedure in this chapter.)
TX,90,DY2842 –19–09JUN97–2/2
PRECAUTIONS FOR ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR
When batteries are connected, follow these rules: 6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [-]
1. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable when you to negative [-]).
work on or near alternator or regulator.
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR running and alternator is charging.
REGULATOR.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
3. Be sure alternator wires are correctly connected battery charger to the batteries.
BEFORE you connect batteries.
4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.
5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or

regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.
T82,EXMA,I –19–03AUG92–1/1
90–7 070397
PN=203
Maintenance
SERVICE BATTERIES CAREFULLY

hydrometer.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp

first and replace it last.

eyes.

added.

the acid.

IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metal

surfaces of your machine. Do not
overfill the battery cells.
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following

mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.
04T,90,K153 –19–12MAY93–1/1
90–8 070397
PN=204
Maintenance
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE SPECIFIC

GRAVITY

hydrometer.


eyes.

added.

the acid.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery

cell.
04T,90,FF20 –19–12MAY93–1/2
90–9 070397
PN=205
Maintenance
See your John Deere dealer for SERVICE-GARD

battery and coolant tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific

gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
T85402 –UN–10NOV88
charge the battery.
NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full charge

reading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for the full-
charge reading.
SERVICE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company. 04T,90,FF20 –19–12MAY93–2/2
USING BATTERY CHARGER
Ö CAUTION: Disconnect battery ground before

you charge batteries in the machine to prevent
damage to electrical components.
A battery may explode if charged when it is
frozen. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
charging.
A battery charger may be used as a booster to start

engine.
IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as a booster

if a battery has a 1.150 specific gravity
reading or lower. Turn off charger
before connecting or disconnecting it.
T82,EXMA,G –19–03AUG92–1/1
90–10 070397
PN=206
Maintenance
REPLACING BATTERIES
Your machine has two 12 volt batteries with negative (-)

ground. If one of the two batteries fails, both batteries
must be replaced. Batteries must meet one of the
specifications below.
Cold Reserve
John Cranking Capacity
Deere Part Amps (Min At 25
Volts No. BCI Group -18°C (0°F) Amps)
12 AT147284 4D 1000 320
12 AT132862 31 625 160
TX,90,DY2843 –19–09JUN97–1/1
REMOVING BATTERIES
1. Remove cap screws and battery cover (A).
2. Remove cap screws and hold-down clamps (B) (left

clamp shown).
3. Remove batteries.
T7527CL –UN–22MAY91
TX,90,FF2428 –19–24MAY91–1/1
90–11 070397
PN=207
Maintenance
REPLACING FUSES
Fuse box (A) is located behind the right control lever

console, next to heater/air conditioner control panel (C).
Fuse location/specification decal (B) is attached to fuse
box cover.
T7356AE1 –UN–06SEP90
Remove fuse box cover (D) by lifting upward. Spare fuses
(E) are located on underside of cover.
–UN–06SEP90
T7356AF1
A—Fuse Box
B—Decal
C—Heater Control Panel
D—Fuse Box Cover
E—Spare Fuses
TX,901505,RP328 –19–24MAY91–1/2
90–12 070397
PN=208
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage

rating to prevent electrical system
damage from overload.
–UN–06MAR92
T7713AJ
F1—1 Amp Back up
F2—1 Amp System Controller
F3—5 Amp Standby Relay
F4—Not Used
F5—5 Amp Power Boost, Propel Speed Change
Solenoid, Swing Brake, Propel Alarm, Inj.
Pump, System Controller
F6—10 Amp Monitor, Monitor Controller, Switch
Panel 1, Switch Panel 2, A/C Switch and
Blower Relay
F7—Not Used
F8—5 Amp Alternator Relay
F9—Not Used
F10—Not Used
F11—20 Amp Work Lights
F12—5 Amp Wiper/Washer
F13—20 Amp Blower and Air Cond. Clutch
F14—Not Used
F15—10 Amp Horn and Alternator
F16—Not Used
F17—10 Amp Lighter
F18—5 Amp Cab Interior Light
F19—10 Amp Circulation Fan
F20—20 Amp Start Aid
TX,901505,RP328 –19–24MAY91–2/2
90–13 070397
PN=209
Maintenance
FUSE (BLADE-TYPE) COLOR CODES
Amperage Rating Color

1 Black
3 Violet
4 Pink
5 Tan
7-1/2 Brown
10 Red
15 Light Blue
20 Yellow
25 Natural (White)
30 Light Green
04T,90,J22 –19–28SEP92–1/1
ADDING 12–VOLT ACCESSORIES
IMPORTANT: This machine has a 24-volt electrical

system. Installing 12-volt accessories
without addition of 24-volt to 12-volt
converter may cause battery failure.
When possible, use 24-volt accessories. If 12-volt

accessories are added, use a 24-volt to 12-volt converter.
Converters are available from your authorized dealer.
(See the Industrial Equipment Attachment Guide.)
NOTE: John Deere converters contain instructions

showing location of machine connectors.
Converter capacity requirements depend on the load of

the accessories installed. Follow electronic dealer and
manufacturer’s recommendations to determine the
capacity of the converter required and its installation
requirements.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT connect an accessory to one

battery. Connecting a 12-volt accessory
to one battery will cause one battery to
overcharge, and the other battery to
undercharge, causing battery failure.
TX,90,DH3532 –19–22SEP94–1/1
90–14 070397
PN=210
Maintenance
WELDING ON MACHINE
IMPORTANT: Electrical current traveling from the

welder through the machine electrical
system may damage the machine
electrical system, including battery and
T7509AI –UN–05SEP91
system controller. Disconnect battery
ground cable and system controller
electrical connectors before welding on
the machine.
Before welding on the machine, follow the steps listed

below to protect the machine electrical system.
1. Disconnect the battery ground and positive cables.
2. Disconnect the system controller electrical connectors

(E and F).
a. Inside the cab, remove four cap screws (C) and the
fuse box cover (D) to remove the rear console
cover.
b. Loosen cap screws (B) on upper connector (E) and

lower connector (F) to remove connectors.
NOTE: When connector is firmly seated in the receptacle,

the red torque indicator pin (A) is level with the
surface of connector.
–UN–10MAY93
T8005AY
A—Red Torque Indicator Pin
B—Connector Cap Screw
C—Console Cover Cap Screw
D—Fuse Box Cover
E—System Controller Upper Connector
F—System Controller Lower Connector
TX,1675,GG265 –19–12MAY93–1/1
90–15 070397
PN=211
Maintenance
CHANGING TRAVEL ALARM VOLUME
IMPORTANT: It may be necessary to adjust travel

alarm volume to meet local regulations.
NOTE: Alarm removed from machine for clarity of
–UN–08AUG91
photograph.
Move switch (A) to adjust volume of travel alarm. The

alarm can be set at "HIGH," "MED" (medium), or "LOW"
T7511CW
volume.
TX,90,FF2487 –19–13AUG91–1/1
CHECKING TRAVEL ALARM SYSTEM
1. Propel machine forward.
Travel alarm must sound.
2. Stop machine.
Travel alarm must stop.
3. Propel machine forward.
4. After an initial 10 second alarm, depress travel alarm

cancel switch. Alarm must stop.
5. Repeat test with machine traveling in reverse.
6. If the travel alarm does not operate properly, do not

operate machine. See your John Deere dealer.
TX,90,FF2492 –19–13AUG91–1/1
90–16 070397
PN=212
Maintenance
CLEAN HYDRAULIC TANK INLET SCREEN

pressurized system can cause serious burns or
penetrating injury. The hydraulic tank is
pressurized. Turn fill cap slowly. Release all
pressure before removing cap.
1. Turn fill cap (A) slowly to release air pressure. Then

remove cap.
2. Remove cap screws to remove cover (B).
3. Turn screen (C) counterclockwise to remove from

cover.

chips if compressed air is more than 210 kPa (2
bar) (30 psi). Reduce compressed air to less
than 210 kPa (2 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
T7527CN –UN–23JUL91
4. Clean screen, as necessary, to remove any debris.

Use solvent or diesel fuel. Dry with compressed air.
5. Replace screen, if damaged.
6. Install screen, cover, and fill cap.
TX,90,FF2367 –19–13AUG91–1/1
90–17 070397
PN=213
Maintenance
ADJUSTING ARM CYLINDER RESTRICTOR
During “arm in” operation, the weight of the arm and

bucket force oil out of the rod end of the arm cylinder
faster than it is supplied to the head end. When this
happens, the arm may hesitate as it reaches vertical
position. The arm cylinder restrictor limits the amount of
oil flowing out of the arm cylinder rod end circuit.
The arm cylinder restrictor (A) is located on the front of
T109943 –UN–11JUN97
the main control valve.
To determine if adjustment is needed:
1. Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature.
2. Set work mode at economy “EC” with power mode at

economy “E.”
3. Completely extend and retract arm.
4. If arm hesitates, turn adjustment screw (A) in.
5. If arm does not hesitate, but it cycles slowly or there is

excessive engine pulldown, turn adjustment screw out.
If problem continues, see your authorized dealer.
TX,90,DY2844 –19–09JUN97–1/1
90–18 070397
PN=214
Maintenance
ADJUSTING CONTROL VALVE SPOOL STOP

SCREWS—690E LC LONG FRONT
1. Engine off.
2. Loosen nut (C) on each spool stop screw. Turn stop
T7989AT –UN–27APR93
screw on valve end cap of each section of main control
valve to obtain distance (E). Tighten nut.
SPECIFICATIONS DISTANCE (E)

Swing (Right) 10 mm (0.39 in.)
Swing (Left) 10 mm (0.39 in.)
Propel Right/Left,Forward/Rev. 12 mm (0.47 in.) A—Valve Spool
Boom Up 6 mm (0.24 in.) B—Stop Screw
C—Nut
Boom Down 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
D—Valve End Cap
Arm Out 8.5 mm (0.33 in.) E—Adjustment Length Distance
Arm In 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
Bucket Curl 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
Bucket Dump 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
CYCLE TIMES FOR 690E LC LONG FRONT

“P” Max Power Mode
“M” Work Mode (“HD” Heavy Duty)
Swing (Right) 27.0 Sec. (3 Revolutions)
Swing (Left) 27.0 Sec. (3 Revolutions)
Boom Up 7.0 Sec.
Boom Down 7.2 Sec.
Arm Out 7.4 Sec.
Arm In 8.2 Sec.
Bucket Curl 2.3 Sec.
Bucket Dump 2.3 Sec.
Propel (Not affected on long front
conversion.)
TX,90,DY2845 –19–09JUN97–1/2
90–19 070397
PN=215
Maintenance
T109453 –UN–02JUN97
T109535 –UN–02JUN97
Main Hydraulic Control Valve Main Hydraulic Control Valve
A—Swing Left
B—Arm Lower
C—Boom Raise
D—Swing Right
T109418 –UN–02JUN97
E—Arm Raise
F—Boom Lower
G—Left Propel Reverse
H—Right Propel Reverse
I—Bucket Curl
J—Bucket Dump
K—Right Propel Forward
L—Left Propel Forward Monoblock Control Valve
TX,90,DY2845 –19–09JUN97–2/2
90–20 070397
PN=216
Maintenance
REPLACING BUCKET TOOTH TIP—HEAVY-

DUTY BUCKET
1. Clean tooth (A) and tooth tip (B).
2. Insert lock removal tool under U-shaped pin (C).
–UN–06DEC88
Ö CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Pin may fly
after it is released from tooth tip. Keep a firm
grip on pin to prevent injury.
T6879EE
3. Remove pin.
4. Turn tooth tip counterclockwise and pull it towards you

to remove.
5. Clean tooth shank.
6. Replace U-shaped pin at same time you replace tooth
–UN–27JUN91
tip.
7. Insert tooth tip on shank turning tip clockwise.
T7527DO
8. Install U-shaped pin. Side of pin marked “FRONT” (D)
must face tooth tip. Make sure pin is firmly engaged
over tooth tip.
A—Tooth
B—Tooth Tip
C—Pin
D—“Front” Mark
04T,90,K273 –19–28JAN92–1/1
90–21 070397
PN=217
Maintenance
ADJUSTING BUCKET LINKAGE
Your machine has a bucket adjustment system to take up

play in the linkage. When play in the linkage increases,
remove shims as follows:
T95775 –UN–10NOV88
1. Slide O-ring out of way.
2. Measure distance (D) between the bushing (B) and the

arm. This distance should not be adjusted below 0.5
mm (0.020 in.).
3. Remove plate (F).
NOTE: Alternate buckets may have different adjustment

procedures.
T6879DU –UN–06DEC88
A—Bucket
B—Bushing
C—Pin
D—Clearance
E—Shim
F—Plate
04T,90,M210 –19–13AUG91–1/2
4. Remove shim(s) according to distance measured. This

will allow the bushing to move to the right and take up
the excessive play.
5. Install plate and tighten cap screws.

T95788 –UN–10NOV88
6. Slide O-ring back into position.
04T,90,M210 –19–13AUG91–2/2
90–22 070397
PN=218
Maintenance
REMOVING THE BUCKET
2. Remove snap rings (A) and retaining pins (B).
–UN–31OCT88
3. Slide O-ring seals (C) out of way. Remove bucket pins
(D).
4. Install bucket. For bucket adjustment, see Adjusting
T6450CF
Bucket Linkage in the Maintenance Chapter.
To adjust arm movement to a different weight bucket,

see Adjusting Arm Cylinder Restrictor in this chapter. A—Snap Ring
B—Retaining Pin
C—O-Ring
D—Bucket Pin
04T,90,R12 –19–07JUN91–1/1
CHECKING WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID

LEVEL
Open left front access door. Check fluid level in

windshield washer tank (A). Add fluid as necessary.
T109318 –UN–02JUN97
During winter season, use all season windshield washer
fluid which will not freeze.
TX,90,DY2846 –19–09JUN97–1/1
DO NOT SERVICE CONTROL VALVES,

CYLINDERS, PUMPS, OR MOTORS
Special tools and information are needed to service

control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.
If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.
TX,90,FF3356 –19–23MAR93–1/1
90–23 070397
PN=219
Maintenance
TRACK SAG GENERAL INFORMATION
To maximize undercarriage life, keep track sag within

specification. Tracks may require adjustment several times
during a working day due to changing soil type and
moisture content.
Adjust tracks in the actual operating conditions.
TIGHT TRACK: Packing causes a tight track. If material

packs in the undercarriage, adjust tracks with the material
packed in the components.
While the track spring will recoil and the machine can
continue to operate with a tight track, continued operation
will result in excessive pin and bushing wear, sprocket
popping, tooth tip wear, and excessive loads on the entire
undercarriage and propel drive system.
Machine productivity and fuel consumption are also

adversely affected because increased horsepower is
needed to move the machine.
LOOSE TRACK: A loose track has more side to side

motion, increasing side wear on the links, rollers and front
idler. An excessively loose track will slap at high ground
speeds, resulting in high impact loads on the sprocket
teeth, bushings, and carrier rollers.
04T,90,M197 –19–07NOV90–1/1
HARDWARE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If

hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.
T82,SKMA,AT –19–01AUG94–1/1
90–24 070397
PN=220
Maintenance
CHECK TRACK SHOE CAP SCREW TORQUE
Track shoe cap screw torque should be periodically

checked. If the cap screws do not meet the minimum
torque specifications, remove the shoes and clean the
mating surfaces of the shoes and links before tightening
T82862 –UN–08NOV88
the cap screws.
If machine is operated with loose track shoes, the cap

screw holes in the shoes and links will wear and it may be
difficult to keep the track shoes tight. Loose shoes can
also cause hardware failure and loss of track shoes.
TX,90,FF2420 –19–23MAR93–1/2
Install all track shoe nuts with rounded edges (A) against
the link and chamfered edges (B) away from the link. Be
sure nut is properly positioned in the link so there is full
contact area between the nut and the link.
Track bolts previously tightened with this torque turn
–UN–23FEB89
procedure should not be reused. If one cap screw is
broken on a track shoe, remove shoe, clean the mating
surfaces, and install four new shoe cap screws.
T6794AM
TORQUE SPECIFICATION
Cap Screw Torque, lubricated 298 ± 30 N•m (220 ± 22 lb-ft)
PLUS 1/2 rev (180°) turn
A—Rounded Edge
B—Chamfered Edge
TX,90,FF2420 –19–23MAR93–2/2
90–25 070397
PN=221
Maintenance
UNIFIED INCH BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES
–19–04MAR91
TS1162
Grade 1 Grade 2a Grade 5, 5.1, or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
b b b b b b
Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryb
Size N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
1/4 3.7 2.8 4.7 3.5 6 4.5 7.5 5.5 9.5 7 12 9 13.5 10 17 12.5
5/16 7.7 5.5 10 7 12 9 15 11 20 15 25 18 28 21 35 26
3/8 14 10 17 13 22 16 27 20 35 26 44 33 50 36 63 46
7/16 22 16 28 20 35 26 44 32 55 41 70 52 80 58 100 75
1/2 33 25 42 31 53 39 67 50 85 63 110 80 120 90 150 115
9/16 48 36 60 45 75 56 95 70 125 90 155 115 175 130 225 160
5/8 67 50 85 62 105 78 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 300 225
3/4 120 87 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 225 375 280 425 310 550 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 625 450 700 500 875 650
1 290 210 360 270 290 210 360 270 725 540 925 675 1050 750 1300 975
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 900 675 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 425 725 530 570 425 725 530 1300 950 1650 1200 2050 1500 2600 1950
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2150 1550 2700 2000 3400 2550
1-1/2 1000 725 1250 925 990 725 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm (6 in.) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 152 mm (6 in.) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. "Dry" means plain or zinc plated
without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
Torque values listed are for general use only. Check only be tightened to the strength of the original.
tightness of fasteners periodically.
Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined properly start thread engagement. This will prevent
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. them from failing when tightening.
DX,TORQ1 –19–20JUL94–1/2
90–26 070397
PN=222
Maintenance
Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in torque value.
the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head.
DX,TORQ1 –19–20JUL94–2/2
90–27 070397
PN=223
Maintenance
METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES
–19–04MAR91
TS1163
Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
a a a a a a
Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricateda Drya
Size N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M6 4.8 3.5 6 4.5 9 6.5 11 8.5 13 9.5 17 12 15 11.5 19 14.5
M8 12 8.5 15 11 22 16 28 20 32 24 40 30 37 28 47 35
M10 23 17 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 47 80 60 75 55 95 70
M12 40 29 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 47 80 60 120 88 150 110 175 130 225 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 73 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 240 400 300
M18 135 100 175 125 260 195 330 250 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 240 180 375 275 475 350 530 400 675 500 625 460 800 580
M22 260 190 330 250 510 375 650 475 725 540 925 675 850 625 1075 800
M24 330 250 425 310 650 475 825 600 925 675 1150 850 1075 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 450 950 700 1200 875 1350 1000 1700 1250 1600 1150 2000 1500
M30 675 490 850 625 1300 950 1650 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2150 1600 2700 2000
M33 900 675 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1650 2500 1850 3150 2350 2900 2150 3700 2750
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2750 4750 3500
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. "Dry" means plain or zinc plated
without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. property class. If higher property class fasteners are
Torque values listed are for general use only. Check used, these should only be tightened to the strength of
tightness of fasteners periodically. the original.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical properly start thread engagement. This will prevent
property class. them from failing when tightening.
DX,TORQ2 –19–20JUL94–1/2
90–28 070397
PN=224
Maintenance
Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in torque value.
the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head.
DX,TORQ2 –19–20JUL94–2/2
90–29 070397
PN=225
Maintenance
ADDITIONAL METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE

VALUES
–UN–18OCT88
Ö CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They
may slip and cause injury.
T6873AA
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values
listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if T-Bolt
a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed
for a specific application.
–UN–18OCT88
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
T6873AB
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.
H-Bolt
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly
start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa

Nominal
Dia T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt M-Bolt
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
8 29 21 20 15 10 7
10 63 46 45 33 20 15
12 108 80 88 65 34 25
14 176 130 137 101 54 40
16 265 195 206 152 78 58
18 392 289 294 217 118 87
20 539 398 392 289 167 125
22 735 542 539 398 216 159
24 931 687 686 506 274 202
27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289
30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398
33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542
36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
a
04T,90,M170 –19–01AUG94–1/1
90–30 070397
PN=226
Maintenance
CHECK OIL LINES AND FITTINGS
Ö CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
X9811 –UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury may call the Deere &
Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,
or other knowledgeable medical source.
Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or
damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving
machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace
immediately.
Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you

find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.
IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque

chart.
TX,90,DH1559 –19–01AUG94–1/2
When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to

prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
T85401 –UN–24JAN89
TX,90,DH1559 –19–01AUG94–2/2
90–31 070397
PN=227
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR O-RING

BOSS FITTINGS
STRAIGHT FITTING
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.
–UN–18OCT88
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
T6243AE
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–1/2
90–32 070397
PN=228
Maintenance
ANGLE FITTING
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)

completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
–UN–18OCT88
contacts face of boss.
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index

(maximum of one turn).
T6520AB
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.
4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut

and back-up washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART

Thread Size N•m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–2/2
90–33 070397
PN=229
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLAT

FACE O-RING SEAL FITTINGS
1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free

of dirt or defects.
2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or
defects.
3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using

petroleum jelly to hold in place.
4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum

jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint

together to insure O-ring remains in place.
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the

chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow
hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE

Nominal Tube O.D. Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
Thread Size
mm in. Dash Size in. N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
6.35 0.250 -4 9/16-18 16 12 5.0 3.5
9.52 0.375 -6 11/16-16 24 18 9.0 6.5
12.70 0.500 -8 13/16-16 50 37 17.0 12.5
15.88 0.625 -10 1-14 69 51 17.0 12.5
19.05 0.750 -12 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
22.22 0.875 -14 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
25.40 1.000 -16 1 7/16-12 142 105 17.0 12.5
31.75 1.250 -20 1 11/16-12 190 140 17.0 12.5
38.10 1.500 -24 2-12 217 160 17.0 12.5
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%.
04T,90,K67 –19–01AUG94–1/1
90–34 070397
PN=230
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR 37°

FLARE AND 30° CONE SEAT CONNECTORS
1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt

or obvious defects.
2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired.
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut.
4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum

jelly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand.
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque

chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHARTa

Thread Size N•m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160
Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
a
04T,90,C96 –19–21JAN92–1/1
90–35 070397
PN=231
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR

FLARED CONNECTIONS—STRAIGHT OR
TAPERED THREADS
1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt

or obvious defects.
–UN–18OCT88
2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired.
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
T6873AE
3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start
Straight Thread
the nut.
4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or

petroleum jelly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand.
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the
chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.
TORQUE CHARTa
Straight Threadb Tapered Thread
Thread Tapered Thread
Size N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
1/8 15 11
1/4 20 15 45 33
3/8 29 21 69 51
1/2 49 36 93 69
3/4 69 51 176 130
1 157 116 343 253
1-1/2 196 145 539 398
2 255 188 588 434
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
a
b
With seat face.
NOTE: If female thread is cast iron (control valves, brake

valves motors, etc.), torque must be reduced
approximately 10%.
04T,90,M171 –19–28JAN92–1/1
90–36 070397
PN=232
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTINGS
–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of- screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be
polished out, replace component. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally
opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap
2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the
groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. chart below.
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to NOT over tighten.
hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in

center of flange and install cap screws. Flange
04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–1/2
90–37 070397
PN=233
Maintenance
TORQUE CHARTa
N•m lb-ft
Nominal Flange Size Cap Screw Size Min Max Min Max
1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20 31 15 23
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40
1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40
1-1/4 7/16-14 UNC 47 85 35 63
1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97
2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97
2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97
3 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
a
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can be
increased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond this maximum will result in flange
and cap screw bending and connection failures.
04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–2/2
90–38 070397
PN=234
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR METRIC SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING
–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of- cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be NOT over tighten.
polished out, replace component.
TORQUE CHARTa
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if Threadb N•m lb-ft
required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it M6 12 9
in place. M8 30 22
M10 57 42
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B)
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and M12 95 70
perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws M14 157 116
to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). M16 217 160
M18 334 246
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in M20 421 318
center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange a
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap size connection with the recommended working pressure.
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in
flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.
5. After components are properly positioned and cap b
Metric standard thread.
screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw,
then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.
Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap
screws as specified in the chart below.
04T,90,K175 –19–05JAN96–1/1
90–39 070397
PN=235
Maintenance
90–1 070397
PN=236
Operational Checkout
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions A location will be required which is level and has
on the machine. It is designed so you can make a adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
quick check of machine operation while doing both a equipment are needed to perform this checkout.
walk around inspection and performing specific checks
from the operator’s seat. Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil
condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,
Should you experience a problem with your machine, wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine
you will find helpful diagnostic information in this must be at operating temperature for many of the
checkout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table of checks.
contents to help find adjustment procedures. This
information may allow you to perform simple repairs Locate the check to be performed at the top of the left
yourself, reducing machine down time. column and read completely down the column before
performing the check. Follow this sequence from left to
The information obtained after completing the right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,
operational checkout will allow you or your authorized you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problem
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to is indicated, you will be referred to either a group in
restore the machine to specifications. this manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.
TX,95,DY2847 –19–09JUN97–1/1
95–1 070397
PN=237
' COOLING SYSTEM CHECKS
– – –1/1
RADIATOR CAP YES: Go to next check.
CAUTION: To avoid NO: Replace radiator

personal injury, DO NOT cap.
remove radiator cap
unless engine is cool.
When engine is hot and
cap is removed, hot
coolant or steam will
T6488FY –UN–19OCT88 T7690AB –UN–23JAN92
spray out causing
serious burns. Engine stopped and cool.
Remove radiator cap.
If coolant is warmer than surrounding air temperature is a “whoosh” sound heard when
cap is loosened?
Does cap have a stop position that requires it to be pushed down to remove?
Does cap have a good seal (C) and gasket (A)?
Is spring (B) in good condition?
– – –1/1
COOLANT LEVEL AND Engine stopped. YES: Go to next check.

COOLANT CONDITION IN
OVERFLOW TANK Engine cold NO: Add or replace
coolant. (See
Open access door to engine radiator. Maintenance chapter.)
Inspect coolant level and coolant condition in overflow

tank.
Is coolant level 3/4 full?
T109465 –UN–02JUN97 Is coolant clear—NOT oily, foamy, or rusty colored?
– – –1/1
95–2 070397
PN=238
COOLANT HOSES AND Are radiator and heater hoses free of twists, kinks, cracks, leaks or wear from rubbing YES: Go to next check.
CLAMPS CHECK on adjacent parts?
NO: Replace or untwist
Are hose clamps tight and installed correctly? hoses as required.
Tighten or reinstall hose
clamps.
– – –1/1
WATER PUMP CHECK Engine stopped. YES: Seal (B) has failed.
Replace seal or water
Is coolant leaking from weep hole (A)? pump. Go to your
authorized dealer.
NO: Go to next check.
T7690AC –UN–27JAN92
– – –1/1
FAN BLADES CHECK Are fan blades bent or twisted? YES: Replace fan.
Are fan blades cracked or nicked? NO: Go to next check.
T7694AH –UN–03FEB92
– – –1/1
FAN DIRECTION Is fan installed correctly with cupped portion side (Arrow) YES: Go to next check.
of fan away from radiator?
NO: If fan is installed
NOTE: If fan is installed backwards, about 50% of its backwards, remove and
capacity is lost. install correctly. Go to
T6488GB –UN–23AUG93
– – –1/1
95–3 070397
PN=239
FAN SHROUD AND FAN Check clearance between fan and fan shroud. YES: Go to next check.
GUARD CHECK
Is fan centered in shroud? NO: Adjust fan shroud if
fan is not centered.
Is guard free of damage? Repair or replace guard.
Tighten loose hardware.
Are all mounting brackets and hardware tight? Replace fan shroud if
needed.
T6488GC –UN–23AUG93
– – –1/1
FAN BELT CHECK Is fan belt free of oil or grease? YES: Go to next check.
Is inside surface of belt free of cracks or frayed edges? NO: Replace fan belt if
oily, greasy, cracked or
Is belt aligned with pulleys? otherwise damaged.
Repair or replace
NOTE: Fan belt is self-adjusting. tightener if belt is loose.
Is tension adjuster assembly operating to keep belt tight?
– – –1/1
RADIATOR OUTSIDE AIR Are radiator fins free of mud, leaves, grass, and other debris? YES: Go to next check.
FLOW
Are fins straight—NOT broken or cracked? NO: Clean outside of
radiator and radiator air
inlet screen. Go to your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
95–4 070397
PN=240
RADIATOR INTERNAL Raise engine access door. YES: Radiator internal

CORE core is good.
Remove radiator cap.
CAUTION: To avoid NO: Remove and clean
personal injury, DO NOT Drain coolant into a clean container until core tubes are radiator or replace
remove radiator cap visible. radiator. Refill cooling
unless engine is cool. system with correct
When engine is hot and Is radiator core free of rust, lime, or corrosion? coolant. (See Engine
cap is removed, hot Coolant in the
T6488FZ –UN–19OCT88
coolant or steam will Are passages in core clean—NOT clogged? Maintenance chapter.)
spray out causing
serious burns.
– – –1/1
( OPERATOR STATION CHECKS—KEY SWITCH ON, ENGINE OFF
– – –1/1
GAUGES, MONITOR, Turn key to ACC position (B). YES: Go to next check.
PROPEL SPEED
INDICATOR, PROPEL All monitor gauges, indicator lights, and switch panel NO: Go to your
SPEED SWITCH, AUTO- indicator lights must be OFF. authorized dealer.
IDLE INDICATOR, AUTO-
IDLE SWITCH AND
BATTERY RELAY
T7531BS –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
95–5 070397
PN=241
GAUGES, MONITOR, YES: Go to next check.

PROPEL SPEED
INDICATOR, PROPEL NO: Do System
SPEED SWITCH, AUTO- Controller Sensing
IDLE INDICATOR, AUTO- Signals Check in this
IDLE SWITCH AND section. Check monitor
BATTERY RELAY fuse. If fuse is OK, go to
(CONTINUED) your authorized dealer.
T7531AB –UN–07JUN91
T109322 –UN–02JUN97
NOTE: Monitor buzzer is not checked during this procedure.
Engine stopped.
Auto-idle switch (C) OFF (indicator light OFF).
Key switch ON.
Does battery relay click?
Do all eight monitor indicator lights come ON? After 2 to 3 seconds do only the
alternator indicator (A) and engine oil pressure indicator (B) lights remain ON?
Push propel speed switch to Low (turtle) Speed. (Low Speed indicator light ON).
Is Low Speed propel indicator light (G) ON?
Push propel speed increase switch (D).
Is Medium Speed propel indicator light (F) ON?
Push propel speed increase switch (D).
Is High (rabbit) Speed propel indicator light (E) ON?
Push auto-idle switch (C) to ON position.
Is auto-idle indicator light (H) ON?
– – –1/1
95–6 070397
PN=242
WORK MODE Engine stopped. YES: Go to next check.

INDICATOR CIRCUIT
Key switch ON. NO: Do System
Controller Sensing
Push work mode select switch (E). Signals Check in this
section. Check fuse. Go
Do mode indicator lights (A,B,C,D) come ON one at a to your authorized dealer.
time, in sequence, as mode switch is pushed
repeatedly?
T7531AC –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
ENGINE SPEED NOTE: Engine starts in light duty “L” mode. YES: Go to next check.
SWITCHES
Start engine. NO: Do System
Controller Sensing
Push power mode (engine speed) I,L,E,P switches (A) Signals Check in this
one at a time. section. Check fuse. Go
to your authorized dealer.
Listen. Does engine rpm change as each switch is
pressed?
Do corresponding indicator lights (B) come ON as each

switch is pushed?
T7531AI –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
95–7 070397
PN=243
FLUID LEVEL YES: Go to next check.

(COOLANT, HYDRAULIC
OIL, AND ENGINE OIL) NO: Check fluid levels in
INDICATOR CIRCUIT radiator, hydraulic
reservoir, or engine. If
fluid level is OK, fluid
level sensing switch or
wiring is bad. Do System
Controller Sensing
Signals Check in this
section. Go to your
authorized dealer.
T109323 –UN–02JUN97
Engine stopped.
Key switch ON.
Push and hold pre-operation level check switch (A).
Are the coolant, hydraulic oil, and engine oil level indicator lights (B) ON?
– – –1/1
PILOT CONTROL SHUT- Engine stopped. YES: Go to next check.

OFF VALVE LINKAGE
Slowly push pilot control shut-off lever forward, then pull NO: Go to your
rearward. authorized dealer.
Does lever move into forward and rearward detent

position easily?
T7351CM –UN–22AUG90
– – –1/1
95–8 070397
PN=244
PROPEL LEVER AND Engine OFF. YES: Go to next check.

PEDAL CUSHION
CYLINDER Key switch ON. NO: Inspect pedal
cushion gas cylinders
Push each propel lever and pedal forward (A), then (under propel pedals). Go
release. to your authorized dealer.
Pull each propel lever and pedal rearward (B), then

release.
T7531AO –UN–07JUN91
Does each lever and pedal have equal effort to operate

forward and reverse?
Does each lever and pedal return to neutral at the same

time when released?
– – –1/1
95–9 070397
PN=245
) OPERATOR STATION CHECKS—ENGINE ON
– – –1/1
MONITOR CIRCUIT, YES: Go to next check.

GAUGES AND HOUR
METER NO: Check alternator belt
if battery light is on after
engine starts. Check
monitor fuse. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Check alternator. Go to
T109324 –UN–02JUN97
Key switch ON.
All monitor indicator lights (A) come ON. After 2—3 seconds, only alternator indicator
light and engine oil pressure indicator light remain ON.
NOTE: Buzzer will not come on during this check.
Move pilot control shut-off lever to OFF (rearward).
Start engine.
Are all monitor indicator lights (A) OFF after engine starts?
Push auto-idle switch so auto-idle indicator light (B) comes ON.
Does fuel gauge (D) indicate fuel level?
Is coolant temperature gauge needle (E) in normal operating zone after a few minutes?
Does rectangular box on far right side of hour meter (C) alternately rotate white and
then black approximately every 5 seconds?
Stop engine.
– – –1/1
95–10 070397
PN=246
ENGINE SPEED Start engine. YES: Continue check.

CONTROL
Auto idle switch OFF (indicator light OFF). NO: Do System
Controller Sensing Signal
Push and release accelerator switch (A). Check in this section. Go
Does engine speed increase approximately 80 rpm each
time the switch is pushed?
T7531AD –UN–07JUN91
Push and hold accelerator switch.
Does engine speed steadily increase to high idle (engine

max. speed mode “P” indicator light ON)?
– – –1/1
ENGINE SPEED Push and release decelerator switch. YES: Go to next check.
CONTROL (CONTINUED)
Does engine speed decrease approximately 80 rpm NO: Do System
each time the switch is pushed? Controller Sensing
Push and hold decelerator switch. chapter. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Does engine speed steadily decrease to low idle (“I”
indicator light ON)?
T7531AE –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
SYSTEM CONTROLLER Remove fuse box cover (A). Loosen screws (B). YES: Go to next check.
INDICATOR LIGHT BULB
CHECK Remove rear panel cover (C). NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
Engine OFF. While looking at system controller indicator lights, start
engine.
Pilot shut-off lever OFF.
NOTE: Light 1 is a two color light (red and green). Lights
2—9 are red only.
Do all lights come ON (red) then go out?
Does light 1 come ON red, then change to green and

then go OFF?
T7531BU –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
95–11 070397
PN=247
SYSTEM CONTROLLER Engine running. YES: Go to next check.

CHECK MODE
Push test switch (E) once. NO: If a light(s) (2—9)
Pilot shut-off lever OFF. stays ON, problem in that
Does light 1 come ON red and stay ON? circuit is indicated. Note
which light(s) stays on,
Do all other lights go OFF? and contact your
authorized dealer.
T7531BV –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
SYSTEM CONTROLLER YES: Go to next check.

CHECK MODE—PROPEL
TRANSDUCER NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
T7531AQ –UN–07JUN91 T7563AA –UN–10JUL91
Swing upperstructure to side and raise one track off the ground.
Actuate elevated track while watching light 9 (B) (propel transducer).
Does light increase in brightness as propel controller is moved to full stroke?
– – –1/1
95–12 070397
PN=248

CHECK MODE—
SENSING SIGNALS NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
T7563AA –UN–10JUL91
T7570AI –UN–10JUL91
Actuate both hand controllers, one at a time, while watching light 3 (A) Controller and
Switches.
Does light 3 come ON momentarily when dig function is moved?
Push each switch on switch panel 2 while watching light 3.
Does light 3 come ON momentarily when each switch is pushed?
Actuate power boost switch on top of right pilot controller.
Does light 3 come ON momentarily when switch is actuated?
– – –1/1
95–13 070397
PN=249
SYSTEM CONTROLLER Push test switch again (2nd time) Does light 1 (green) YES: Go to next check.
ADJUST MODE—LOW come ON and stay ON?
IDLE/HIGH IDLE NO: See Adjusting
CORRECT Does engine reduce speed? Engine Speed Linkage in
Maintenance-Every 1000
Do lights 2, 3, and 7 come ON and stay ON? Hours chapter. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Push test switch again (3rd time).
T7563AB –UN–10JUL91
Does light 1 (green) stay ON?
Does engine increase speed?
Do lights 2, 4, and 7 come ON and stay ON?
Push test switch again (4th time).
Does light 1 (green) stay ON?
Do lights 2, 5, and 7 come ON and stay ON?
Push test switch again ( 5th time).
Do all lights go OFF?
– – –1/1

MANUAL BYPASS
VALVE NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
Turn valve (A)
counterclockwise to ON
position.
NOTE: Engine speed will T109325 –UN–02JUN97

increase to fast idle when
valve is actuated. Does engine speed increase to fast idle?
NOTE: When valve is actuated system controller is bypassed. With controller bypassed
high hydraulic demand can stall the engine. Use care when operating controls.
Carefully operate all dig and propel functions.
Do all dig and propel functions operate?
IMPORTANT: Starting or stopping engine with bypass valve actuated may cause
engine damage. Turn bypass valve to normal operating mode before starting or
stopping machine.
– – –1/1
95–14 070397
PN=250
PILOT SHUT-OFF VALVE Engine in light duty “L” speed mode. YES: Go to your
authorized dealer.
Pilot control shut-off lever in OFF (rearward) position.
NO: Continue check.
Operate all dig and propel function controls.
Do any dig or propel functions operate?
T7351CC –UN–22AUG90
– – –1/1
PILOT SHUT-OFF VALVE Push pilot control shut-off lever to the ON (forward) YES: Go to next check.
(CONTINUED) position.
NO: Go to your
Carefully operate all dig and propel functions. authorized dealer.
Do all dig and propel functions operate?
T7351CB –UN–22AUG90
– – –1/1
PILOT SHUT-OFF VALVE Raise bucket off ground. Stop engine. YES: Go to your
(CONTINUED) authorized dealer.
Move boom control lever to lower boom.
Does boom lower with engine off?
NOTE: Hydraulic functions must not move with engine

off.
T7531AP –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
PUMP REGULATOR Start engine. YES: Go to your

ADJUSTMENT authorized dealer.
Select heavy duty “HD” work mode (max. power engine speed).
NO: Go to next step.
High speed propel (rabbit).
Propel machine at full speed forward on a flat and level area.
Raise boom and extend arm while propelling.
Does engine stop?
– – –1/1
95–15 070397
PN=251
AUTO-IDLE CIRCUIT Start engine. YES: Go to next check.
Push max. power “P” switch (“P” indicator light ON). NO: Do System
Controller Sensing
Auto-idle switch (B) OFF (indicator light OFF). Signals Check in this
chapter. Check fuse. Go
Pilot control shut-off lever ON (forward). to your authorized dealer.
Push auto-idle switch (B) to ON.

T7531AF –UN–07JUN91
Does auto-idle indicator (A) come on?
Does engine speed decrease after 4—6 seconds?
Slowly actuate any dig function control lever.
Does engine speed return to high idle?
– – –1/1
ENGINE MODE CIRCUIT Auto-idle OFF. YES: Go to next check.
Start engine. NO: Do System

Controller Sensing
Push max. power “P” mode switch (A) ON. Signals Check in this
chapter. Check monitor
Does max. power mode indicator light (H) come ON? fuses. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Does engine speed remain at high idle?
Push economy “E” mode switch (B) ON.
Does engine speed decrease immediately?
Does economy mode indicator light (G) come ON?
Push light duty “L” mode switch (C).

Does engine speed decrease immediately to lower than
economy mode setting?
Does light duty indicator light (F) come ON?
Push low idle (I) mode switch (D).
Does engine speed decrease immediately to slow idle

setting?
Does low idle mode indicator (E) come ON?
– – –1/1
95–16 070397
PN=252
WORK MODE CIRCUIT Engine running YES: Go to next check.
NOTE: When machine is started, “PR” work mode and NO: Check monitor fuses.
“L” power mode are automatically selected. Do System Controller
Sensing Signals Check in
Push work mode select switch (E). “EC” indicator (B) this chapter. See your
must light and engine speed must increase to power authorized dealer.
mode “E”.
Push work mode select switch again. “G” indicator (C)

must light and engine speed must increase slightly and
“P” power mode indicator must light.
Push work mode select switch again. “HD” indicator (D)

must light and engine speed must increase to max.
power. “P” power mode indicator must stay ON.
T7531AC –UN–07JUN91 Do indicator lights and engine speeds change as

indicated when work modes change?
– – –1/1
START AID SYSTEM YES: Go to next check.
NO: Check for empty

starting aid can (A).
Check fuse. Go to your
authorized dealer.
T7351AL –UN–03OCT90
T110204 –UN–25JUN97
Engine at low idle.
Push start aid switch.
Does engine speed increase slightly?
– – –1/1
TRAVEL ALARM Engine running. YES: Go to next check.
Pilot control shut-off lever ON. NO: Check controller fuse

and travel alarm fuse. Go
Push propel pedals or levers forward (A). to your authorized dealer.
Does travel alarm sound?
Pull propel pedals or levers rearward (B).

T7351CD –UN–22AUG90
Does travel alarm sound?
– – –1/1
95–17 070397
PN=253
TRAVEL ALARM STOP NOTE: Travel alarm must operate for this check. YES: Go to next check.
CIRCUIT
Push propel pedals or levers and allow travel alarm to NO: Go to your
operate for a minimum of 10 seconds. authorized dealer.
While continuing travel, push travel alarm cancel switch.

(Located in panel behind left pilot controller).
Does travel alarm stop sounding?

– – –1/1
* UNDERCARRIAGE CHECKS
– – –1/1
TRACK SAG, ROLLER YES: See Adjusting Track

AND IDLER LEAKAGE Sag in Maintenance—As
Required chapter. Go to
your authorized dealer for
repair if oil leakage is
noted from idlers or
rollers.
T109326 –UN–02JUN97 NO: Go to next check.

T7531AQ –UN–07JUN91
Swing upperstructure to side and raise track off ground.
Operate track in reverse.
Stop engine.
Measure from the center of track frame between the track shoe and track roller
mounting surface.
Track sag specifications:

305—325 mm (12.00—12.80 in.)
Check rollers and idlers for oil leaks.
Is oil leaking from rollers or idlers?
Raise other side of machine and repeat checks.
NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If it is
less than specified on one side only, the machine may mistrack.
– – –1/1
95–18 070397
PN=254
SPROCKET WEAR Inspect drive sprocket. YES: Go to your

authorized dealer.
Is tooth wear excessive?
NOTE: Do not evaluate sprocket by condition of tooth
tip. Tooth tip wear does not affect sprocket operation if it
does not extend into the bushing contact area. Reverse
operation wear is generally greater than forward
T6981AC –UN–13MAR89
operation wear.
– – –1/1
GROUSER WEAR, BENT Inspect for worn grousers, bent track shoes, and loose YES: If shoe hardware is
TRACK SHOE, AND shoe hardware. loose, remove shoe and
LOOSE HARDWARE clean joint before
CHECKS Are grouser bars worn excessively? tightening. Go to Check
Track Shoe Torque in
Are track shoes bent? Maintenance chapter.
Is track shoe width appropriate for ground condition? NO: Go to next check.
T7322AF –UN–21JUN90
Is track shoe hardware tight?
NOTE: Excessive grouser wear weakens track shoes

and may result in track shoes bending.
– – –1/1
TRACK LINK ROLLER Inspect track links for pin boss wear. YES: Go to your
AND FRONT IDLER authorized dealer for
WEAR CHECKS Do link pin boss areas indicate contact with roller flanges additional track
or track guides? component information.
NOTE: Some contact or wear is normal. Excessive NO: Go to next check.

contact or wear indicates excessive rail wear.
Inspect front idler flanges.

T6484AZ –UN–19OCT88
Do idler flanges contact bushings?
NOTE: Idler contact with bushings indicates excessive

chain rail wear and idler tread surface wear.
– – –1/1
95–19 070397
PN=255
+ HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHECKS
– – –1/1
VISUAL INSPECTION Extend bucket cylinder 3/4 stroke as shown. YES: Repair leaks.
Park machine on level Extend arm cylinder fully. NO: Continue check.
surface.
Are cylinders dirty and muddy, which may show signs of

leaks?
T7531BA –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
VISUAL INSPECTION Check hydraulic oil level. YES: Repair leaks.

(CONTINUED) Repair bent or damaged
Is oil level between ADD and FULL lines on sight lines or components and
gauge? fill tank to correct level.
Inspect oil lines and hydraulic components for leaks or NO: Go to next check.
damage.
Are lines or components damaged or leaking?

T7531BC –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
HYDRAULIC TANK Raise boom to full height then lower boom to ground. YES: Go to next check.
PRESSURIZATION
Move pilot shut-off lever to OFF. NO: Replace breather
valve in breather filter. Go
Stop engine. to your authorized dealer.
Loosen tank cap.
Is air heard escaping from tank?

T7531BD –UN–07JUN91
NOTE: The tank is pressurized to create pressure at

hydraulic pump inlets. If cap does not seal, hydraulic
pumps could cavitate and could be damaged.
– – –1/1
95–20 070397
PN=256
PILOT CONTROLLER YES: Go to next check.

PATTERN CHECK (SAE
PATTERN) NO: Install correct decals
for operation pattern. Go
T102070 –UN–16JUL96
Left Control Lever
T102071 –UN–16JUL96
Right Control Lever
Engine in light duty "L" mode.
Operate machine in clear area.
Move pilot control shut-off lever to ON. Slowly move hydraulic levers to all positions on
decals.
Does bucket, boom, arm and swing move as decals show?
– – –1/1
PILOT CONTROLLER YES: Go to next check.

PATTERN CHECK (JOHN
DEERE PATTERN) NO: Install correct decals
for operation pattern. Go
T102197 –UN–19JUL96
Left Control Lever
T102198 –UN–19JUL96
Right Control Lever
Engine in light duty “L” mode.
Operate machine in clear area.
Move pilot control shut-off lever to ON. Slowly move hydraulic levers to all positions on
decals.
Does bucket, boom, arm and swing move as decals show?
– – –1/1
95–21 070397
PN=257
PILOT PRESSURE Push auto-idle switch ON. YES: Go to next check.

SWITCHES
Does engine speed decrease to auto idle in 4-6 seconds? NO: Check fuses. Go to
Engine running at max. your authorized dealer.
power "P" mode. Move control lever to activate boom up, then return lever to neutral.
Auto-idle OFF. Does engine speed increase when control lever is moved, then return to auto idle 4-6
seconds after control lever is returned to neutral?
Pilot control shut-off lever
in forward (ON) position. Move control lever to activate arm in, then return lever to neutral.
Does engine speed increase when control lever is moved, then return to auto idle 4-6
Move control lever to activate swing either direction, then return lever to neutral.
Does engine speed increase when control lever is moved, then return to auto idle 4-6
Move control lever to activate bucket in either direction, then return lever to neutral.
Does engine speed increase when control lever is moved, then return to auto idle
speed 4-6 seconds after control lever is returned to neutral?
Move either propel pedal or lever forward or reverse.
Does engine speed increase when control is moved, then return to low idle 4-6
seconds after control is returned to neutral?
– – –1/1
SWING BRAKE Push swing brake release switch to ON. YES: Go to the next
RELEASE check.
Engine running at fast idle.
NO: See your authorized
Fill the bucket with dirt. dealer.
Park machine on an incline.
Swing the upperstructure 1/2 way down the hill and stop, by allowing the swing
controllers to return to neutral.
Does upperstructure drift slightly?
NOTE: Some machines may not drift if tolerances in the hydraulic system are tight.
– – –1/1
95–22 070397
PN=258
DIG FUNCTION DRIFT Engine at light duty “L” mode. YES: Go to your
authorized dealer.
Fill bucket with dirt and position bucket at maximum
reach with bucket 95 mm (3-3/4 in.) above ground. NO: Go to next check.
Observe bucket for 1 minute.
Does bucket drift down to ground within 1 minute?

T7531AP –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
CONTROL VALVE (LIFT Engine in light duty “L” mode. YES: If functions move in
CHECK) opposite direction first, a
Pilot control shut-off lever ON (forward). leak within the cylinder or
balance valve is
Position machine as illustrated. indicated. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Slowly move control lever to the following positions one
at a time: lower boom, extend arm (retract cylinder), and NO: Go to next check.
dump bucket (retract cylinder).
T7531BB –UN–07JUN91
Do functions move in opposite direction as control levers

are moved, then change direction as levers are moved
further?
– – –1/1
95–23 070397
PN=259
CYCLE TIME Engine running. YES: Go to next check.
IMPORTANT: Warm Select “HD” (heavy duty) work mode NO: Go to your
hydraulic oil to operating authorized dealer.
temperature for this check. Engine at “P” (max. power) mode.
CAUTION: Make sure Auto-idle switch OFF.

area is clear and large
enough to operate all Extend bucket cylinder (bucket empty).
T6477AQ –UN–19OCT88
functions of machine.
Retract arm cylinder.
FUNCTION CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS

Typical Service
Function New Limit
Boom Raise (ground 3.6—3.8 4.5 sec
level to full height with
bucket curled and arm
extended)
Arm Out (cylinder 3.6—3.8 4.5 sec
retract)
Arm In (cylinder extend)a 4.4—4.7 5.5 sec
Bucket Dump (cylinder 2.6—2.7 3.2 sec
retract)
Bucket Curl (cylinder 3.8—4.1 4.8 sec
extend)
Swing Left or Right—3 16.0 23.0 sec
Revolutions From
Running Start (bucket
curled and arm
retracted)
a
Setting of arm cylinder restrictor will affect the cycle
time
NOTE: Three propel speeds are available in “HD” (heavy

duty) work mode and “L”, “E”, or “P” power mode
(engine speed).
Push propel speed increase switch until high speed

propel (rabbit) mode indicator light is ON.
Typical Service
Function New Limit
Propel: 16.5 24.0 sec
Track Raised—3
Revolutions From
Running Start (check in
forward and reverse)
20 m (65 ft) (check in 12.0—15.5 20.0 sec
forward and reverse)
Does machine perform within specifications?
– – –1/1
95–24 070397
PN=260
PROPEL SYSTEM Select a level area with firm ground conditions. Mark out YES: Go to next check.
TRACKING a course 20 m (65 ft) long.
NO: Go to your
NOTE: Track sag must be Start engine. authorized dealer.
to specification before
doing this check. Auto-idle switch OFF.
Select heavy duty “HD” work mode. (max. power engine

speed)
T7005AX –UN–13MAR89
Push propel speed increase switch (A) until high speed

propel (rabbit) indicator light (C) is ON.
Activate both propel pedals in full forward.
Measure the distance between a straight 20 m (65 ft)

line and the track made by the machine
Is machine mistrack less than 610 mm (2 ft)?
Push propel speed decrease switch (B) until low speed

propel (turtle) indicator light (E) is ON.
Repeat tracking check.
– – –1/1
PROPEL SPEED Start engine. YES: Go to next check.
Select heavy duty "HD" work mode (max. power engine NO: Check fuses. If fuse
speed). is OK, do System
Controller Sensing
Push propel speed decrease switch (B) until low speed Signals Check in this
(turtle) indicator (E) light comes ON. chapter. Go to your
authorized dealer.
Propel machine on a level area.
Push propel speed increase switch (A) until medium

speed propel mode indicator (D) comes ON.
Does propel speed increase?
Push propel speed increase switch (A) until HI speed

(rabbit) propel mode indicator (C) comes ON.
T7531AH –UN–07JUN91 Repeat check using reverse propel speeds.
– – –1/1
95–25 070397
PN=261
WORK MODES Start engine.
CAUTION: Make sure Is light duty “L” power mode indicator ON?
area is clear and large
enough to operate all Is precision “PR” work mode indicator ON?
functions of machine.
Pilot shut-off lever ON (unlocked).
Operate all dig functions, one at a time, and note speed

of operation.
Do all functions operate slowly?
NOTE: Two propel speeds, low (turtle) and high (rabbit)

are available whenever the precision “PR” work mode or
low idle “I” engine speed mode is selected.
Push propel speed decrease switch (B) until low speed

(turtle) indicator light (E) comes ON.
T7531AH –UN–07JUN91 Propel machine on a level area and note propel speed.
Push propel speed increase switch (A) until medium

speed indicator light (D) comes ON.
Does propel speed stay the same?
Push propel speed increase switch (A) until high propel

speed (rabbit) indicator light (C) comes ON.
Repeat check using reverse propel speeds.
– – –1/1
95–26 070397
PN=262
WORK MODES Push work mode select switch (A) until economy “EC” YES: Go to next check.
(CONTINUED) indicator (B) light comes ON.
NO: Check fuses. If fuses
Does economy “E” engine speed indicator light come ON are OK, do System
and engine speed increase? Controller Sensing
Operate all dig functions one at a time, and note speed section. See your
of operation. authorized dealer.
Are function speeds faster than speeds in precision

mode?
Push work mode select switch until general “G” indicator

light (D) comes ON.
Does max power “P” engine speed indicator light come

ON and engine speed increase slightly?
T7321AR1 –UN–30AUG90
Operate all dig functions one at a time, and note speed
of operation.
Are function speeds faster than speeds in economy

mode?
Push work mode select switch until heavy duty “HD”

indicator light (E) comes ON.
Does max. power “P” engine speed indicator light stay

ON and engine speed increase?
Operate all dig functions one at a time, and note speed

of operation.
Are function speeds faster than speeds in general

mode?
– – –1/1
95–27 070397
PN=263
, ACCESSORIES CHECKS
– – –1/1
LIGHT CIRCUIT Engine OFF. YES: Go to next check.
IMPORTANT: All Turn key switch ON. NO: Check fuse and/or
accessories are powered monitor panel back light
from the fuse block. If any Push light switch (A) to first ON position. bulbs. Go to your
accessories do not authorized dealer.
function, check fuses in Are monitor panel back lights, front driving lights, and
fuse block. monitor indicator light (B) ON?
T7531AJ –UN–07JUN91
Push light switch (A) to second ON position.
Are work lights (on boom), monitor panel back lights,

and monitor indicator light (C) ON?
Push light switch (A) once more to OFF position.
Are monitor panel back lights, front driving lights, work

lights and monitor indicator lights (A) and (B) OFF?
– – –1/1
WINDSHIELD WIPER Key switch ON. YES: Go to next check.

CIRCUIT
Push wiper switch (A) ON. NO: Check wiper harness
connection, or fuse. Go to
Does wiper operate intermittently? your authorized dealer.
Is intermittent indicator (B) ON?
Push wiper switch to second ON position.

T7531AK –UN–07JUN91
Does wiper operate continuously?
Is continuous indicator (C) ON?
Push wiper switch to OFF position.
Does wiper arm stop in park position?
Are both indicators (B and C) OFF?
– – –1/1
95–28 070397
PN=264
WINDSHIELD WASHER Key switch ON. YES: Go to next check.

CIRCUIT
Push washer switch ON. NO: Check washer fluid
level and check fuse. Go
Does washer fluid squirt on windshield? to your authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
CAB DOME LIGHT Key switch in ACC. YES: Go to next check.

CIRCUIT CHECKS
Move cab dome light switch to ON position. NO: Check fuse. Go to
Is cab dome light ON?
T6477AV –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
TRAVEL ALARM STOP Propel machine forward and reverse. YES: Go to next check.
CIRCUIT
Does travel alarm sound when traveling in each NO: Check fuse. Go to
direction? your authorized dealer.
Allow alarm to sound for 10 seconds or more.
Push travel alarm cancel switch. (On panel behind left

control lever)
Does alarm stop sounding?
– – –1/1
HORN CIRCUIT CHECKS Key switch in ACC position. YES: Go to next check.
Press horn switch. (On top of left control lever.) NO: Check fuse. Go to
Does horn sound?
T7351AJ –UN–22AUG90
– – –1/1
95–29 070397
PN=265
CIGAR LIGHTER Key switch in ACC position. YES: Go to next check.

CIRCUIT CHECK
(OPTIONAL) Press cigar lighter in. NO: Check fuse, go to
Group 9015-10. Check
Does lighter "pop" out when hot? wire harness, go to Group
9015-15. Replace lighter.
– – –1/1
HEATER CONTROLS Turn fan speed control switch knob (B) to low, medium, YES: Go to next check.
and high speed positions then back to OFF.
NO: Go to your
Does fan run in all three speeds, then stop in OFF authorized dealer.
position?
With fan running at any speed, push temperature control

lever (A) to warm temperature position (rearward).
T7405CI –UN–15MAR91
Does warm air exit from vent located under seat?
– – –1/1
- SEAT DOORS, WINDOWS, LATCHES, AND LOCKS CHECK
– – –1/1
95–30 070397
PN=266
SEAT CONTROL YES: Go to next check.
NO: Inspect, repair or

replace any parts that do
not operate properly.
T8157CB –UN–13JAN94
T8157CA –UN–10FEB94
Move head rest (A) up to maximum height then down to minimum height.
Does head rest have two adjustment positions? Does head rest move easily without
binding, and remain in each position?
Pull up armrest lock button (G).
Raise armrests (F) then lower armrests.
Do armrests raise and lower smoothly?
Does button unlock and lock easily to hold armrest in position?
Move lever (H) forward. Tilt seat back forward and rearward. Release lever (H) to lock
seat back in any position.
Does seat back tilt forward and rearward easily?
Does lever unlock and lock easily to hold seat back in position?
Push lever (B) to right. Move seat forward and rearward. Release lever (B) to lock seat
in any position.
Does lever move easily to unlock seat support?
Does lever lock seat support in position when released?
Does seat move forward and rearward easily?
Push lever (E) to right. Move seat and both side consoles forward and rearward.
Release lever (E) to lock seat and side consoles in any position.
Does lever unlock easily and lock to hold seat and consoles in position?
Does seat and consoles move forward and rearward easily?
Turn knob (C) clockwise then counterclockwise.
Does seat raise then lower? Does knob turn easily?
Turn knob (D) clockwise then counterclockwise.
Does suspension become stiffer then softer? Does knob turn easily?
– – –1/1
95–31 070397
PN=267
UPPER FRONT WINDOW YES: Go to next check.

CHECK
NO: Inspect. Repair. Go
T7351AC –UN–22AUG90 T7351AD –UN–22AUG90
Move pins (B and C) toward center of window to unlock.
Unplug windshield wiper connector (A).
Pull window up and latch in full open position by engaging pins in holes (E). Lock rear
latch (D).
Do pins move smoothly to lock and unlock window?
Does windshield wiper harness connector unplug freely?
Does rear latch operate freely?
Do slide bolts engage rear holes and lock window securely in full open position?
– – –1/1
LOWER FRONT WINDOW YES: Go to next check.

STORE POSITION
CHECK NO: Inspect. Repair. Go
NOTE: Upper window
must be raised before
lower window can be
removed from window
frame. T7351AE –UN–22AUG90 T7351AF –UN–22AUG90
Move pins (A) inward to unlatch. Lift window and remove from frame.
Place window into storage position by inserting tabs (B) in bracket (D).
Move pins (A) into window holding brackets holes (C).
Do slide bolts move freely?
Does window lock securely into holding bracket?
– – –1/1
95–32 070397
PN=268
RIGHT HAND AND LEFT Latch and unlatch windows. YES: Go to next check.
HAND SIDE WINDOW
NOTE: Right front window has a built-in stop to restrict travel. NO: Inspect. Repair. Go
CAUTION: Avoid serious to your authorized dealer.
crushing injury from Slide both window panes open and closed.
boom. Never place any
part of body beyond Do both latches operate smoothly? Do windows remain open when latched open?
window bar or frame. It
could be crushed by Do both windows slide freely to left and right?
boom if boom control
lever is accidentally
bumped or otherwise
engaged.
– – –1/1
CAB DOOR LATCH Open cab door. YES: Go to next check.

CHECK
Lock cab door in open position. NO: Inspect. Repair. Go
Release door from locked open position by pushing down on lever under left side
window.
Close cab door.
Does door unlatch easily, lock in open position securely, and unlock from open
position easily?
Does door latch close securely?
– – –1/1
95–33 070397
PN=269
LEFT FRONT ACCESS YES: Go to next check.

DOOR
NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
T109327 –UN–02JUN97
Open left front access door.
Inspect hold-open rod (B). Does rod hold door open?
Inspect windshield washer fluid container (A).
Inspect windshield washer fluid pump.
Inspect air cleaner.
– – –1/1
95–34 070397
PN=270
LEFT REAR ACCESS YES: Go to next check.

DOOR COVER
NO: Inspect. Repair.
T109328 –UN–02JUN97
Open left rear access door.
Inspect hold-open rod (B). Does rod hold door open?
Inspect coolant overflow container (A).
Inspect Periodic Maintenance chart.
– – –1/1
95–35 070397
PN=271
LEFT REAR ACCESS Open left rear access door. YES: Go to next check.
DOOR COVER
(CONTINUED) Inspect electrical relay cover (B), battery cover (C), and NO: Inspect. Repair.
battery tiedowns (D).
Inspect radiator screen (A).
Close and lock door.
Does door latch operate easily?
Does door lock in closed position?
Are parts free of visible damage.
Insert ignition key into lock and turn 180° clockwise to

lock.
Turn key 180° counterclockwise to unlock.
T7531BI –UN–07JUN91 Does lock key assembly rotate easily?
Inspect periodic maintenance chart.
– – –1/1
AIR CLEANER Open left front access door. YES: Go to next check.
UNLOADER VALVE
Inspect unloader valve (A). NO: Inspect. Repair. Go
Is unloader valve slightly open when the engine is not
running?
Is rubber flexible, showing no sign of becoming hard or

brittle?
Engine running.
Push max. power “P” switch.
Does unloader valve close?
T7531BF –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
95–36 070397
PN=272
AIR CLEANER Remove air cleaner cover. YES: Go to next check.

ELEMENTS
Inspect primary element (B). NO: Inspect, repair or
replace any parts that do
Is element clean and in good condition? not operate properly. Go
Remove wing nut to remove primary element.
Inspect secondary element (A). Is element clean and in

T7531BG –UN–07JUN91
good condition?
– – –1/1
RIGHT SIDE ACCESS Open right side access door. YES: Go to next check.
DOOR
Inspect hold-open rod (C). Engage rod to hold door NO: Inspect. Repair.
open.
Inspect muffler clamps (A).
Are clamps tight?
Inspect hydraulic pump lines.
Are lines free of leaks?
Close and lock door.
Does door latch operate easily?
Does lock securely lock door in closed position?
Are all parts free of visible damage?

T7531BJ –UN–07JUN91
– – –1/1
95–37 070397
PN=273
HOOD YES: Check is complete.
NO: Go to your
authorized dealer.
T7569BA –UN–15JUL91 T7569BB –UN–15JUL91
Unlock hood latch (A) with ignition key.
Open hood.
Does rod (B) hold hood open?
Close hood. Lock hood latch.
Does latch lock operate easily?
Does hood latch secure hood closed?
Is spring assist mechanism free of visible damage?
– – –1/1
95–38 070397
PN=274
Troubleshooting
USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS
NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the

simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult to
verify. When diagnosing a problem, use all
possible means to isolate the problem to a single
component or system. Use the following steps to
diagnose problems:
• Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure.

• Step 2. Troubleshooting charts.
• Step 3. Adjustments.
• Step 4. See your authorized dealer.
TX,100,DY2848 –19–10JUN97–1/1
100–1 070397
PN=275
Troubleshooting
ENGINE
Symptom Problem Solution
Engine Will Not Start In-line fuel shut-off solenoid fuse Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start No fuel Add fuel. Bleed air.
Or Hard To Start
Wrong fuel Use correct fuel.
Fuel filter clogged Replace filter. Bleed air. Clean fuel

tank strainer.
Leaks in fuel system Check fuel system connections.
Contaminated fuel Drain tank. Clean tank strainer. Add

clean fuel.
Air in fuel system Bleed air.
Low battery power Charge or install new batteries.
Slow cranking speed (poor electrical Clean and tighten battery and starter
connection) connections.
Wrong engine oil Use correct oil.
Air filter clogged Clean or replace elements.
Injection pump linkage Go to your authorized dealer.
Injection nozzles Go to your authorized dealer.
Injection pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter Replace starter.
Engine compression low Go to your authorized dealer.
Speed control actuator Go to your authorized dealer.
System controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic load (pump not destroked) Go to your authorized dealer.
Continued on next page

TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–1/6
100–2 070397
PN=276
Troubleshooting
Engine Knocks, Runs Irregularly, Air filter clogged Clean or replace elements. Clean
Or Stops system.
Fuel filter clogged Replace filter. Bleed air. Clean fuel

tank strainer.
Engine oil level low Add oil.
Contaminated fuel Drain tank. Clean tank strainer. Add

clean fuel.
Injection pump out of time Go to your authorized dealer.
Wrong valve clearance Check and adjust valves.
Coolant temperature low Thermostat not working correctly or

too “cool.”
Engine Not Developing Full Air filters clogged Clean or replace filter elements.
Power
Fuel filter clogged Change filter. Bleed air.
Contaminated fuel Drain fuel tank. Clean tank strainer.

Add clean fuel.
Water separator full Drain. Change filter.
Fuel line restricted Repair or replace fuel line.
Clogged vent in fuel tank cap Clean or install new cap.
Injection pump linkage adjustment Adjust or go to your authorized

dealer.
Intake system leakage Go to your authorized dealer.
Exhaust restriction Remove muffler and run engine.
Wrong valve clearance Check and adjust valves.

TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–2/6
100–3 070397
PN=277
Troubleshooting
Engine too hot or cold See below.
Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Turbocharger Go to your authorized dealer.
Fuel transfer pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Water separator Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine malfunction Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Overheats Coolant level low Add coolant.
Thermostat Go to your authorized dealer.
Radiator screen clogged Remove and clean screen.
Radiator core or oil cooler core Clean radiator and oil cooler.
clogged
Air filter clogged Clean or replace elements.
Radiator cap Install new cap.
Fan belt tension adjuster malfunction Go to your authorized dealer.
Fan Replace fan.
Alternator/fan belt loose Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine overloaded Check hydraulic relief valves.
Cooling system passages dirty Flush cooling system.
Temperature gauge or sending unit Go to your authorized dealer.

TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–3/6
100–4 070397
PN=278
Troubleshooting
Pulley grooves worn Replace pulleys.
Coolant Temperature Too Low Thermostat Go to your authorized dealer.
Temperature gauge or sending unit Go to your authorized dealer.
Low Engine Oil Pressure Oil level low Add oil.
Oil filter clogged Install new oil filter.
Oil pump intake screen clogged Go to your authorized dealer.
Oil leaks Check for leaks.
Engine oil pump or pump drive Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine oil pressure regulating valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Oil diluted with fuel or coolant Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine temperature too high Check cooling system.
Engine Uses Too Much Oil Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Oil leaks Check engine oil drain plug.
Engine temperature too high Check cooling system.
Air cleaner clogged Clean element or install new

element.
Internal engine component wear Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Uses Too Much Fuel Clogged or dirty air intake system Clean air intake system.
Fuel injection nozzles Go to your authorized dealer.
Excessive Black Or Gray Exhaust Wrong fuel Use correct fuel.

Smoke

TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–4/6
100–5 070397
PN=279
Troubleshooting
Clogged or dirty air intake or exhaust Clean air intake and exhaust system.
system
Engine Go to your authorized dealer.
Exhaust Gas Is White Wrong fuel Use correct fuel.
Cold engine Run engine until warm.
Thermostat faulty or too “cool” Go to your authorized dealer.
Coolant leakage into engine cylinder Go to your authorized dealer.
Turbocharger Excessively Noisy Bearings not lubricated Insufficient oil pressure. Check for
Or Vibrates restricted turbocharger oil line.
Worn bearings Go to your authorized dealer.
Air leak in engine, intake, or exhaust Inspect, repair.

manifold
Improper clearance between turbine Go to your authorized dealer.

wheel and turbine housing
Broken blades on turbine Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet

hose and inspect.
Oil Dripping From Turbocharger Excessive idle time at low idle Increase RPM to “L” when idling for
Adapter extended periods.
Damaged or worn bearings and/or Go to your authorized dealer.

worn seals
Excessive crankcase pressure Check vent tube to ensure tube is

not clogged. Clean.
Turbocharger oil return line carbon Remove line. Inspect, clean.

buildup where line passes exhaust
manifold

TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–5/6
100–6 070397
PN=280
Troubleshooting
Excessive Drag In Turbocharger Carbon buildup behind turbine wheel Inspect, clean.
Rotating Members caused by combustion deposits
Dirt buildup behind compressor Inspect, clean.

wheel caused by air intake leaks
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn Go to your authorized dealer.

bearings, caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication
Engine Will Not Shut Off Fuel shut-off solenoid diode Go to your authorized dealer.
TX,100,DY2849 –19–10JUN97–6/6
100–7 070397
PN=281
Troubleshooting
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Nothing Works Fusible link Replace.
Battery Recharge or replace.
Key switch Go to your authorized dealer.
In-line fuel shut-off solenoid fuse Go to your authorized dealer.
Battery cables Replace.
Batteries Undercharged Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten or replace

batteries.
Alternator/fan belt tension adjuster Go to your authorized dealer.

failure
Alternator not charging Go to your authorized dealer.
Fuse Replace fuse.
Key switch Replace key switch.
Batteries Will Not Take A Charge Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten.
Low battery power Install new batteries.
Alternator not charging Go to your authorized dealer.
Battery Uses Too Much Water Cracked battery case Replace battery.
High ambient temperature Refill with water.
Shorted cell Check if one or more cells take more

water than the others. Check specific
gravity.
Battery being overcharged Go to your authorized dealer.
Cracked Battery Case No battery hold down clamp Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.
Loose battery hold down clamp Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.

TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–1/6
100–8 070397
PN=282
Troubleshooting
Battery hold down clamp too tight Replace battery and install battery
hold down clamp correctly.
Frozen battery Replace battery. Keep battery fully

charged in cold weather.
Low Battery Output Low water level Add water.
Dirty or wet battery top, causing Clean and wipe battery top dry.
discharge
Corroded or loose battery cables Clean and tighten battery cables.
Broken battery post Wiggle battery post by hand. If post

wiggles or turns, replace battery.
Low battery voltage Measure “stabilized” battery voltage.

Stabilize voltage by actuating horn
for 30 seconds. If stabilized voltage
is below 24 volts, charge battery.
Battery cell Measure specific gravity of each cell.

If more than 50 points between cells,
replace battery.
Starter Will Not Turn Battery undercharged or dead Recharge or replace battery.
Battery cables making poor Clean connections.

connections
Fusible link Replace fusible link.
Starter relay Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter Repair or replace starter motor.
Starter pinion jammed in flywheel Repair or replace starter.

gear

TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–2/6
100–9 070397
PN=283
Troubleshooting
Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor connections at batteries or Clean connections.

starter
Low battery charge Recharge or replace batteries.
Starter solenoid “hold-in” windings Go to your authorized dealer.

open
Starter Turns But Will Not Crank Starter pinion gear not engaging Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine flywheel ring gear
Pinion shift mechanism jammed or Go to your authorized dealer.

malfunctioning
Pinion gear teeth broken Go to your authorized dealer.
Flywheel gear teeth broken Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Cranks Slowly Battery cables damaged or broken Inspect and replace cables.
internally
Battery or starter cable connections Clean and tighten connections.

loose or corroded
Battery discharged or will not hold a Recharge or replace battery.

charge
Starter “dragging” Go to your authorized dealer.
Low battery voltage Recharge or replace battery.
Hydraulic load (pump not destroked) Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter Continues To Run After Starter relay stuck Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Starts
Starter solenoid stuck Go to your authorized dealer.
Starter not disengaging Go to your authorized dealer.
Charging Indicator Light On, Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt. Replace if glazed.
Engine Running
Engine rpm low Adjust rpm to specifications.

TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–3/6
100–10 070397
PN=284
Troubleshooting
Excessive electrical load from added Remove accessories or install higher

accessories output alternator.
Loose or corroded electrical Inspect, clean, or tighten electrical

connections on battery, ground connections.
strap, starter, or alternator
Battery voltage low Charge or replace battery.
Alternator or regulator Go to your authorized dealer.
Indicator circuit Go to your authorized dealer.
Noisy Alternator Worn drive belt Replace belt.
Worn pulleys Replace pulleys and belt.
Pulley misaligned Adjuster alternator mount.
Alternator bearing Loosen alternator belts. Turn pulley

by hand. If any roughness is felt,
repair alternator.
No Monitor Panel Indicators Fuse Replace fuse.

Work
Monitor panel logic module Go to your authorized dealer.
Wiring harness Go to your authorized dealer.
Individual Light In Monitor Panel Bulb Replace bulb.

Is Not Working
Fuse Replace fuse.
Engine Water Temperature Fuse Replace fuse.

Gauge Does Not Work
Gauge Go to your authorized dealer.
Gauge sender Go to your authorized dealer.
Fuel Gauge Does Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.

TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–4/6
100–11 070397
PN=285
Troubleshooting
Gauge Go to your authorized dealer.
Power Mode (Engine Speed) Fuse Replace fuse.

Select Switches Do Not Work
“P,” “E,” “L,” “I” switches Replace switch.
Work Mode Selector Switch Does Fuse Replace fuse.

Not Work
Mode switches Replace switches.
Electrical connector Repair or replace.
High/Medium/Low Propel Speed Fuse Replace fuse.

Change Does Not Function
Propel speed switches Go to your authorized dealer.
Speed change solenoid valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel pilot pressure transducer Go to your authorized dealer.
Rotary manifold Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel motor Go to your authorized dealer.
Auto-Idle Does Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.
Engine speed too low Increase speed to higher than auto-

idle. Press auto-idle switch.
Switch panel 2 Go to your authorized dealer.
Electrical connector Go to your authorized dealer.

TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–5/6
100–12 070397
PN=286
Troubleshooting
Pilot pressure switch Go to your authorized dealer.
System Controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing Brake Release Does Not Fuse Replace fuse.

Work
Switch panel 2 Go to your authorized dealer.
Electrical connector Go to your authorized dealer.
Engine Will Not Shut Off Fuel shut-off solenoid diode Go to your authorized dealer.
TX,100,FF2476 –19–23MAR93–6/6
100–13 070397
PN=287
Troubleshooting
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Control Lever Moves Hard Corroded joint, worn out pusher Go to your authorized dealer.
Control Lever Does Nothing Worn out pusher Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Control Lever Does Not Return Pilot valve Go to your authorized dealer.
To Neutral
Too Much Play In Control Lever Worn out pivot joint Go to your authorized dealer.
Control Lever Is Not Vertical In Pilot valve Go to your authorized dealer.

Neutral
No Hydraulic Functions Lack of hydraulic oil Add oil.
Pilot shut-off valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot pressure regulating valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Pressure switches Go to your authorized dealer.
System controller fuse Replace fuse.
Damaged suction line or hose Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Load sense differential pressure is Go to your authorized dealer.

too low
Safety relief valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Some Functions Do Not Work Pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot shut-off valve not released Go to your authorized dealer.

TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–1/6
100–14 070397
PN=288
Troubleshooting
Pilot controller hoses pinched Inspect and correct
Control valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Circuit relief valves Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Cylinders Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Functions Are Slow Low oil level Fill tank to full mark.
Engine speed too slow Increase speed or see your

authorized dealer.
Engine low power See “Engine Not Developing Full

Power” in this chapter.
Pilot pressure regulating valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot circuit Go to your authorized dealer.
Worn pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Restricted pump suction line Go to your authorized dealer.
Improperly adjusted relief valves Go to your authorized dealer.
Load sense differential pressure too Go to your authorized dealer.

low
Pressure control manifold Go to your authorized dealer.
One Function Does Not Work Pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Relief valve pressure low Go to your authorized dealer.
Tube or hose damaged Repair or replace.
Hydraulic fittings loose Tighten.
Damaged O-rings in fittings Install new O-ring.
Pilot controller hose pinched Inspect and correct.

TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–2/6
100–15 070397
PN=289
Troubleshooting
Cylinder Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Balance valve Go to your authorized dealer.
One Function Has Little Power Pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines Repair or replace.
Pressure switch Go to your authorized dealer.
Circuit relief valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Cylinder seals leaking Go to your authorized dealer.
Cylinder rod Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Cylinders Operate But Hydraulic oil level low Add oil.
Cannot Lift Load
System or circuit relief valves Go to your authorized dealer.
Safety relief valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Pump suction line leaking Inspect suction line.
Hydraulic pump worn Go to your authorized dealer.
Low Or No Oil Pressure No oil in system Fill with correct oil.
Improperly adjusted relief valves Go to your authorized dealer.
Tank cap Replace cap.
Load sense differential pressure too Go to your authorized dealer.

low

TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–3/6
100–16 070397
PN=290
Troubleshooting
Pressure control manifold Go to your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Clogged radiator or oil cooler Clean and straighten fins.
Radiator screen clogged Remove and clean.
Clogged filters Install new filters.
Low oil level Fill tank to full mark.
Oil line restricted Go to your authorized dealer.
Contaminated oil Drain oil and refill.
Oil cooler bypass Go to your authorized dealer.
Relief valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Air leak in pump suction line Go to your authorized dealer.
Worn pump Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel motors Go to your authorized dealer.
Oil Foams High or low oil level Correct level.
Water in oil Change oil.
Kinks or dents in oil lines Check lines.
Air leak in line from reservoir to Repair leak.

pump
No Swing Function Pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Pressure switch Go to your authorized dealer.
Pilot control hoses pinched or kinked Inspect and correct.

TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–4/6
100–17 070397
PN=291
Troubleshooting
Swing brake Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing motor Go to your authorized dealer.
Solenoid valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing Function Is "Jerky" Lack of grease Fill with grease
Swing gear Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing brake Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing bearing Go to your authorized dealer.
Swing brake release solenoid Go to your authorized dealer.
Slow Propel System, Does Not Propel brake Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel
Propel pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Counterbalance valve Go to your authorized dealer.
Speed change solenoid Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel brake release pressure Go to your authorized dealer.

reducing valve
Individual Propel Function Is Pilot control hoses pinched or kinked Inspect and correct.
Slow
Pilot controller Go to your authorized dealer.
Propel brake Go to your authorized dealer.

TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–5/6
100–18 070397
PN=292
Troubleshooting
Propel Is "Jerky" Using front end hydraulic functions This is normal because front end
while propelling functions have priority over propel
and will interrupt propel power.
Propel transducer Go to your authorized dealer.
Track adjustment Adjust tension.
No oil or low oil level in rollers Go to your authorized dealer.
Track idler or rollers Go to your authorized dealer.
Track frame bent Go to your authorized dealer.
Rocks or mud jammed in track frame Remove and repair.
Propel gearbox or motor Go to your authorized dealer.
Park brake not releasing or leaking Go to your authorized dealer.
Brake pressure reducing valve Go to your authorized dealer.

assembly sticking or leaking
Sticking shuttle or balance valve in Go to your authorized dealer.

propel control valve
Engine Stops When Propel And/ System controller fuse Replace.

Or Control Lever Moved
System controller Replace.
Wiring harness Repair.
Fuel filter Replace.
TX,100,FF2477 –19–27SEP94–6/6
100–19 070397
PN=293
Troubleshooting
100–1 070397
PN=294
Storage
PREPARE MACHINE FOR STORAGE
1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if
T47764 –UN–09NOV88
necessary, to avoid needless delays later.
2. Clean primary air cleaner.
TX,105,FF2313 –19–03APR91–1/3
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing [greater than

1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] can
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machines with
–UN–09FEB89
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.
3. Wash the machine. [Use low pressure wash operations
T5813AM
(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)) until 30 days
after receipt of machine have elapsed.] Paint areas to
prevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.
4. Apply waste oil to track chains. Run machine back and

forth several times. Park machine on a hard surface to
prevent tracks from freezing to ground.
5. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored

outside, cover with a waterproof material.
IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroy

painted finish. Do not spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted areas.
6. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat

exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.
LPS is a registered trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation. TX,105,FF2313 –19–03APR91–2/3
105–1 070397
PN=295
Storage
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage from

unauthorized persons operating
machine. Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE”
tag to right control lever.
7. Place a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag on the right control

lever.
8. Lubricate all grease points.
9. Remove batteries.
10. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.
11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.
T7447AO –19–22APR91
TX,105,FF2313 –19–03APR91–3/3
MONTHLY STORAGE PROCEDURE
Ö CAUTION: Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death. Start engine ONLY in a well-
ventilated area.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when air
temperature is above freezing.
2. Remove LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods with

a cleaning solvent. T6191AA
LPS is a registered trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation. TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–1/4
105–2 070397
PN=296
Storage
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.

During cold temperatures, check
viscosity of engine oil on dipstick. If the
oil appears waxy and/or jelly-like rather
than liquid, DO NOT attempt to start
engine. Use external heat source to
T6181AU –UN–18OCT88
warm the crankcase until oil appears
fluid.
3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and add
oil as required.
4. Check belt.
5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.
6. Check electrolyte level. Charge and install battery.
7. Fill fuel tank. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
8. Start and warm up engine. Run engine at precision

"PR" work mode (light duty "L" power mode) for 5
minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle.
9. Bleed fuel system. If engine fails to start or runs poorly

after starting, change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel system
again.

unexpected machine movement. Clear the area
of all persons before running machine through
the operation procedure.
10. Make sure that area is clear to allow for movement.

Operate (cycle) boom, arm, and bucket functions for
three complete cycles.
11. Operate the swing function for three complete

revolutions in each direction.
12. Check condition of tracks. Check track sag.
TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–2/4
105–3 070397
PN=297
Storage
13. Operate the propel functions in forward and reverse

directions. This can be performed by one of two
methods.
a. Propelling the machine in forward and reverse for

a distance of 30 m (100 ft.).
sliding backwards. Keep the angle between
boom and arm 90-110°.
b. If machine is equipped with bucket, raise each

track (keeping angle between boom and arm 90-
110°) and propel in each direction for three
revolutions.
14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted.
TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–3/4
15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to the exposed cylinder

rod areas (A).
–UN–18APR89
T7034AA
LPS is a registered trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation. TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–4/4
105–4 070397
PN=298
Machine Numbers
RECORD PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (PIN)
Purchase Date
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of the Product
–UN–08MAY91
Identification Number.
T7527AX
TX,120,FF2421 –19–24MAY91–1/1
RECORD ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

Engine Serial Number (A)
T109468 –UN–02JUN97
TX,110,DY2850 –19–10JUN97–1/1
RECORD PROPEL GEARBOX SERIAL

NUMBERS
Propel Gearbox Serial Number (A)

Propel Gearbox Serial Number (A)
–UN–29MAY91
T7527DI
TX,120,FF2423 –19–07JUN91–1/1
RECORD HYDRAULIC PUMP SERIAL

NUMBER
Hydraulic Pump Serial Number (A)

T109524 –UN–02JUN97
TX,110,DY2852 –19–10JUN97–1/1
110–1 070397
PN=299
Specifications
690E LC
–UN–27APR93
T7527DQ
TX,115,FF2461 –19–12MAY93–1/2
115–1 070397
PN=300
Specifications
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change specifications are in accordance with PCSA
without notice. Wherever applicable, and SAE standards.
A 3607 mm (11 ft 10 in.)

B 4445 mm (14 ft 7 in.)
C 1090 mm (3 ft 7 in.)
D 2630 mm (8 ft 8 in.)
D1 Swing Radius 2740 mm (9 ft 0 in.)
E 2910 mm (9 ft 6 in.)
F 455 mm (1 ft 6 in.)
G 2380 mm (7 ft 10 in.)
H 650 mm (26 in.) or 750 mm (30 in.) or 800 mm (32 in.)
I
With 2380 mm (7 ft 10 in.) undercarriage and 3030 mm (9 ft 11 in.)
With 650 mm (26 in.) shoes 3130 mm (10 ft 3 in.)
With 750 mm (30 in.) shoes 3180 mm (10 ft 5 in.)
With 800 mm (32 in.) shoes
J 2780 mm (9 ft 1 in.)
K With 2200 mm (7 ft 3 in.) arm 9480 mm (31 ft 1 in.)
With 2900 mm (9 ft 6 in.) arm 9410 mm (30 ft 10 in.)
L
TX,115,FF2461 –19–12MAY93–2/2
115–2 070397
PN=301
Specifications
690E LC WORKING RANGES
T7396EU –UN–28NOV90
2200 mm (7 ft 3 in.) Arm 3900 mm (9 ft 6 in.) Arm

A 9220 mm (30 ft 3 in.) 9880 mm (32 ft 5 in.)
B 5900 mm (19 ft 4 in.) 6600 mm (21 ft 8 in.)
C 4830 mm (15 ft 10 in.) 5210 mm (17 ft 1 in.)
D 9170 mm (30 ft 1 in.) 9600 mm (31 ft 6 in.)
E 6470 mm (21 ft 3 in.) 6860 mm (22 ft 6 in.)
F 3530 mm (11 ft 7 in.) 3540 mm (11 ft 7 in.)
TX,115,FF2460 –19–09NOV94–1/1
115–3 070397
PN=302
Specifications
690E LC
Metric English
Operating weight with full fuel tank,
80 kg (175 lb) operator,
1070 mm (42 in.) bucket,
2.9 m (9 ft 6 in.) arm,
4.44 m (14 ft 7 in.) undercarriage length,
2.38 m (7 ft 10 in.) gauge undercarriage,
3720 kg (8200 lb) counterweight
With 650 mm (26 in.) triple grouser shoes 20 063 kg 44,240 lb
Gradability 100% 45°
Drawbar Pull 179.3 kN 40,300 lb
Travel Speed
High Speed 5.6 km/h 3.5 mph
Medium Speed 2.8 km/h 1.75 mph
Low Speed 2.1 km/h 1.3 mph
Engine: John Deere Powertech 6.8

Type 4-stroke cycle, turbocharged diesel
Bore and stroke 106.5 x 127 mm (4.19 x 5 in.)
Number of cylinders 6
Displacement 6.8 L (414 cu in.)
Maximum net torque at 1300 rpm 575 N•m (424 lb-ft)
Cooling fan Suction type direct drive
Air cleaner Dry
Electrical system 24 volt with 40 amp alternator
Batteries (2) 12 volt Reserve capacity: 320 minutes
Power at 2000 engine rpm SAE
Net 97 kW (130 hp)
Hydraulic system:
Main pumps 2 variable-displacement inline axial piston
System operating pressure
Implement circuits 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi)
Travel circuits 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi)
Swing circuits 28 000 kPa (280 bar) (4060 psi)
Power boost 37 200 kPa (372 bar) (5400 psi)
TX,115,FF2462 –19–12MAY93–1/1
115–4 070397
PN=303
Specifications
690E LC BUCKET SELECTION CHART
Maximum Recommended Bucket Size

Weight of Materiala Regular Duty Bucket Heavy Duty Bucket
3 3 3 3 3
kg/m lb/yd Type of Material m yd m yd3
420 700 Wood chips, loose 4.6 6 -- --
470 800 Peat, dry 3.8 5 -- --
740 1250 Peat, wet 3.1 4 -- --
860 1450 Cinders, loose 2.3 3 -- --
950 1600 Topsoil, loose 1.7 2.25 -- --
1360 2300 Topsoil, heavy packed or 1.4 1.88 -- --
bank
1420 2400 Coal, natural bed or bank 1.4 1.88 -- --
1540 2600 Earth, dry loam 1.15 1.5 1.0 1.25
1600 2700 Sand, dry 1.15 1.5 0.9 1.12
1660 2800 Shale 1.15 1.5 0.9 1.12
1840 3100 Clay, dry 1.06 1.38 0.8 1
1900 3200 Sand, moist 1.06 1.38 0.8 1
1930 3250 Sand and gravel, dry 1.06 1.38 0.8 1
2020 3400 Earth, wet excavated 1.0—1.06 1.25—1.38 0.7 0.88
2080 3500 Sand, wet 1.0 1.25 0.7 0.88
2080 3500 Clay, wet 0.86—1.0 1.12—1.25 0.7 0.88
2610 4400 Limestone, broken -- -- 0.6 0.75
2730 4600 Rock, granite, blasted & -- -- 0.6 0.75
broken
a
Bank weight unless noted.
Contact your John Deere dealer for optimum bucket and

attachment selection. These recommendations are for
general conditions and average use. The use of larger
than recommended buckets should be thoroughly
analyzed for digging force and load capacity. Bucket
capacity indicated is SAE heaped.
TX,115,FF2466 –19–23MAR93–1/1
115–5 070397
PN=304
Specifications
690E LC BUCKETS
Bucket Arm Digging Arm Digging

Type Bucket Bucket Tip Bucket Digging Forces 7 ft 3 Forces 9 ft 6 No.
Bucket Width Radius Capacitya Forces in. (2.20 m) in. (2.90 m) Weight Teeth
in. mm in. mm yd3 m3 lb kN lb kg lb kg lb kg
General 36 900 56.1 1425 0.90 0.69 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1275 578 5
Purpose
Plate Lip 42 1067 56.1 1425 1.06 0.81 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1412 640 6
General 30 750 57 1448 0.95 0.73 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1391 631 4
Purpose
Plate Lip 36 900 57 1448 1.16 0.89 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1451 658 5
High 42 1067 57 1448 1.38 1.06 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1596 824 5
Capacity 48 1220 57 1448 1.60 1.22 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1785 810 6
Heavy 24 600 56.1 1425 0.60 0.46 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1358 616 4
Duty
Plate Lip 30 750 56.1 1425 0.77 0.59 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1447 656 4
36 900 56.1 1425 0.95 0.73 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1567 711 5
42 1067 56.1 1425 1.12 0.86 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1676 760 5
48 1220 56.1 1425 1.30 0.99 28180 125 28585 127 22255 99 1759 798 6
Heavy 24 600 57 1448 0.74 0.57 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1401 635 4
Duty
Plate Lip 30 750 57 1448 0.95 0.73 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1528 693 4
High 36 900 57 1448 1.16 0.89 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1629 739 5
Capacity 42 1067 57 1448 1.38 1.06 27735 123 28405 126 22140 98 1701 772 5
Heavy 24 600 56.6 1438 0.60 0.46 27930 124 28485 127 22190 99 1439 652 4
Duty
Cast Lip 30 750 56.6 1438 0.77 0.59 27930 124 28485 127 22190 99 1551 704 4
36 900 56.6 1438 0.95 0.73 27930 124 28485 127 22190 99 1629 739 5
Severe 30 750 55.5 1410 0.77 0.59 28485 127 28705 128 22335 99 1760 798 4
Duty
Plate Lip 36 900 55.5 1410 0.95 0.73 28485 127 28705 128 22335 99 1859 843 4
Ditching 72 1824 38 965 1.06 0.81 41600 185 32724 146 24905 111 1244 564 0
a
SAE heaped rating.
TX,115,FF2473 –19–23MAR93–1/1
690E LC LIFT CAPACITY—KG (LB)
Arm: 2200 mm (7 ft 3 in.) Bucket: 635 kg (1408 lb) Shoe: 800 mm (32 in.)
Ratings are at bucket lift hook, situated on firm, level, marked with an (a) are hydraulically-limited capacities.
uniform supporting surface. Remaining figures are stability-limited capacities.
Figures do not exceed 87 percent of hydraulic capacity

or 75 percent of weight needed to tip machine. Figures
TX,115,FF2425 –19–12MAY93–1/2
115–6 070397
PN=305
Specifications
LIFTING OVER FRONT

Load Point
Height Horizontal Distance from Centerline of Rotation
m 1.52 3.05 4.57 6.10 7.62 9.14
(ft) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30)
6.10 2830 a 2380a
(20) (6250)a (5250)a
4.57 5120 a 4400 a 3110a 3000a
(15) (11280)a (9690)a (6850)a (6610)a
3.05 7000 a 5300 a 4500a 3210a
(10) (15440)a (11690)a (9920)a (7080)a
1.52 8420 a 6220 a 4940a 3600a
(5) (18560)a (13700)a (10900)a (7930)a
Ground 3480a 9410 a 6760 a 5260a
Line (7680)a (20740)a (14900)a (11600)a
-1.52 6100a 6710 a 6800 a 5250a
(-5) (13450)a (14800)a (15000)a (11590)a
-3.05 5840a 8140 a 6240 a
(-10) (12870)a (17950)a (13760)a
-4.57 9480a 6150 a
(-15) (20900)a (13560)a
LIFTING OVER SIDE
m 1.52 3.05 4.57 6.10 7.62 9.14
(ft) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30)
6.10 2830 a 2380a
(20) (6250)a (5250)a
4.57 5120 a 4400 a 3110a 2420
(15) (11280)a (9690)a (6850)a (5330)
3.05 7000 a 4450 3150 2350
(10) (15440)a (9810) (6950) (5180)
1.52 6470 4210 3030 2300
(5) (14260) (9280) (6690) (5060)
Ground 3480a 6220 4070 2950
Line (7680)a (13710) (8970) (6510)
-1.52 6100a 6710 a 4040 2940
(-5) (13450)a (14800)a (8910) (6480)
-3.05 5840a 6340 4110
(-10) (12870)a (13990) (9050)
-4.57 9480a 6150 a
(-15) (20900)a (13560)a
a
Hydraulically-limited capacity
TX,115,FF2425 –19–12MAY93–2/2
115–7 070397
PN=306
Specifications
Arm: 2896 mm (9 ft 6 in.) Bucket: 635 kg (1408 lb) Shoe: 800 mm (32 in.)
Ratings are at bucket lift hook, situated on firm, level, marked with an (a) are hydraulically-limited capacities.
uniform supporting surface. Remaining figures are stability-limited capacities.

TX,115,FF2426 –19–12MAY93–1/2
115–8 070397
PN=307
Specifications
LIFTING OVER FRONT

Load Point
Height Horizontal Distance from Centerline of Rotation
m 1.52 3.05 4.57 6.10 7.62 9.14
(ft) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30)
7.62 1970a
(25) (4340)a
6.10 2110a 1920a
(20) (4640)a (4230)a
4.57 3740 a 3600a 2250a
(15) (8230)a (7930)a (4960)a
3.05 8530a 6220 a 4690 a 4050a 2250a
(10) (18800)a (13710)a (10350)a (8920)a (4950)a
1.52 4960a 8400 a 5740 a 4580a 2890a
(5) (10940)a (18520)a (12650)a (10110)a (6380)a
Ground 3310a 7780 a 6490 a 5030a 2590a
Line (7290)a (17150)a (14300)a (11080)a (5710)a
-1.52 5380a 7930 a 6770 a 5210a
(-5) (11860)a (17470)a (14920)a (11490)a
-3.05 5950a 8460 a 6510 a 4910a
(-10) (13110)a (18640)a (14360)a (10830)a
-4.57 8000a 7280 a 5380 a
(-15) (17640)a (16050)a (11870)a
LIFTING OVER SIDE
m 1.52 3.05 4.57 6.10 7.62 9.14
(ft) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30)
7.62 1970a
(25) (4340)a
6.10 2110a 1920a
(20) (4640)a (4230)a
4.57 3740 a 3600a 2250a
(15) (8230)a (7930)a (4960)a
3.05 8530a 6220 a 4690 a 3130 2250a
(10) (18800)a (13710)a (10350)a (6900) (4950)a
1.52 4960a 6440 4230 3000 2210
(5) (10940)a (14190) (9330) (6610) (4870)
Ground 3310a 6200 4050 2900 2170
Line (7290)a (13680) (8930) (6380) (4780)
-1.52 5380a 6170 3980 2850
(-5) (11860)a (13600) (8770) (6270)
-3.05 5950a 6230 3990 2870
(-10) (13110)a (13740) (8810) (6330)
-4.57 8000a 7280 a 4120
(-15) (17640)a (16050)a (9080)
a
TX,115,FF2426 –19–12MAY93–2/2
115–9 070397
PN=308
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT SPECIFICATIONS
–UN–02APR93
T7961AE
TX,115,FF3345 –19–11JAN95–1/2
115–10 070397
PN=309
Specifications
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change equipped with 379 kg (835 lb) bucket, 800 mm
without notice. Wherever applicable, (32 in.) track shoes, 4.45 m (14 ft 7 in.)
specifications are in accordance with PCSA undercarriage, full fuel tank, 80 kg (175 lb)
and SAE Standards. Except where otherwise operator, and standard equipment.
noted these specifications are based on a unit
A 3.66 m (12 ft 0 in.)

B 4.45 m (14 ft 7 in.)
C 1.09 m (3 ft 7 in.)
D 2.63 m (8 ft 8 in.)
D1 Tailswing Radius 2.74 m (9 ft 0 in.)
E 2.84 m (9 ft 4 in.)
F 455 mm (1 ft 6 in.)
G 2.38 m (7 ft 10 in.)
H 800 mm (32 in.)
I 3.18 m (10 ft 5 in.)
J 2.77 m (9 ft 1 in.)
K 11.86 m (38 ft 11 in.)
L 3.15 m (10 ft 4 in.)
With 100 mm (4 in.) block under bucket linkage pivot 3.25 m (10 ft 8 in.)
TX,115,FF3345 –19–11JAN95–2/2
115–11 070397
PN=310
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT WORKING RANGES
T7961AD –UN–22MAR93
A-Maximum Reach 15.39 m (50 ft 6 in.) a

1
A -Maximum Reach At Ground Level 15.25 m (50 ft 0 in.) a
B-Maximum Digging Depth 11.38 m (37.ft 4 in.) a
C-Maximum Cutting Height 13.62 m (44 ft 8 in.) a
D-Maximum Dumping Height 11.78 m (38 ft 8 in.) a
E-Minimum Swing Radius 4.78 m (15 ft 8 in.)
a
With 940 mm (37 in.) bucket tip radius.
TX,115,FF3343 –19–23MAR93–1/1
115–12 070397
PN=311
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT
Metric English
Operating weight with full fuel tank, 20 312 kg 44 780 lb
80 kg (175 lb) operator,
379 kg (835 lb) bucket,
3720 kg (8,200 lb) counterweight
800 mm (32 in.) triple grouser shoes
Gradability 100%a 45°a
Travel Speed 0—5.6 km/h 0—3.4 mph
Drawbar Pull 179.3 kN 40,300 lb
Average Ground Pressure
With 650 mm (26 in.) triple grouser shoes 38.3 kPa 5.55 psi
With 750 mm (30 in.) high traction shoes 33.6 kPa 4.88 psi
With 800 mm (32 in.) triple grouser shoes 31.8 kPa 4.61 psi
a
Limited by the off-level operating capacity of the engine.
TX,115,FF3339 –19–12MAY93–1/1
690E LC LONG FRONT BUCKET

SPECIFICATIONS
Width (without teeth) 1525 mm (60 in.)

Capacity, SAE (heaped) 0.6 m3 (3/4 yd3 )
Weight 380 kg (835 lb)
Drainage holes Yes
TX,115,FF3340 –19–23MAR93–1/1
115–13 070397
PN=312
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT LIFT CAPACITY (8,200 LB COUNTERWEIGHT)—KG (LB)
Undercarriage Length: 4.45 m (14 ft 7 in.) Bucket Weight: 380 kg (835 lb) Shoes: 800 mm (32 in.)
Counterweight: 3720 kg (8200 lb)
Ratings are at bucket lift point, machine situated on marked with an (a) are hydraulically limited capacities.
firm, level, uniform supporting surface. Total load Remaining figures are stability-limited capacities.
includes weight of cables, hook, etc.

TX,115,DY2853 –19–10JUN97–1/2
115–14 070397
PN=313
Specifications
LIFTING OVER SIDE OR 360°

Load Point
Height Horizontal Distance From Centerline of Rotation
m 3.05 4.57 6.10 7.62 9.14 10.67 12.19 13.72 15.24
(ft) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30) (35) (40) (45) (50)
10.67 957 a 358a
(35) (2110)a (790)a
9.14 1261 a 644a
(30) (2780)a (1420)a
7.62 1452 a 1052a 227a
(25) (3200)a (2320)a (500)a
6.10 1624 a 1334a 390a
(20) (3580)a (2940)a (860)a
4.57 1964a 1860 a 1565a 821a
(15) (4330)a (3450)a (1810)a
(4100)a
3.05 2608 a 2345a 1819 1393 1061 a 249a
(10) (5750)a (5170)a (4010) (3070) (2340)a (550)a
1.52 2681a 5756 a 4060a 3225 a 2245 1715 1329 1030 218
(5) (5910)a (12690)a (8950)a (7110)a (4950) (3780) (2930) (2270) (480)a
Ground 1882a 6214 a 3837 2776 2096 1615 1261 989 272
Level (4150)a (13700)a (8460) (6120) (4620) (3560) (2780) (2180) (600)a
-1.52 2422a 5139 a 3579 2599 1973 1533 1211 1093 a
(-5) (5340)a (11330)a (7890) (5730) (4350) (3380) (2670) (2410)a
-3.05 3261a 5525 a 3434 2486 1887 1474 1175 553 a
(-10) (7190)a (12180)a (7570) (5480) (4160) (3250) (2590) (1220)a
-4.57 4273a 5221 3375 2427 1842 1447 1161 490 a
(-15) (9420)a (11510) (7440) (5350) (4060) (3190) (2560) (1080)a
-6.10 5484a 5280 3388 2422 1837 1452 912a
(-20) (12090)a (11640) (7470) (5340) (4050) (3200) (2010)a
-7.62 6990a 5407 3461 2472 1882 1506
(-25) (15410)a (11920) (7630) (5450) (4150) (3320)
-9.14 9008a 5616 3597 2581 1996
(-30) (19860)a (12380) (7930) (5690) (4400)
-10.67 3751a
(-35) (8270)a
a
TX,115,DY2853 –19–10JUN97–2/2
115–15 070397
PN=314
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT LIFT CAPACITY (10,200 LB COUNTERWEIGHT)—KG (LB)
Counterweight: 4626 kg (10,200 lb)

TX,115,DY2854 –19–10JUN97–1/2
115–16 070397
PN=315
Specifications
LIFTING OVER END

Load Point Height Horizontal Distance From Centerline of Rotation
m 3.05 6.10 9.14 12.19 15.24
(ft) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50)
10.67 360a
(35) (790)a
9.14 640a
(30) (1420)a
7.62 1050a
(25) (2320)a
6.10 1330a
(20) (2940)a
4.57 1960a 1560a
(15) (4330)a (3450)a
3.05 2340a 1810 250a
(10) (5170)a a
(550)a
(3990)a
a a a
1.52 2680 4060 2740 2090a 220a
(5) (5910)a (8950)a (6040)a (4610)a (480)a
Ground 1880a 4980a 3130a 2390a 270a
Level (4150)a (10,970)a (6900) a
(5260)a (600)a
-1.52 2420a 5660a 3460a 2070
(-5) (5340)a (12,450)a (7630)a (4570)
-3.05 3260a 6050a 3160 2030
(-10) (7190)a (13,340)a (6970) (4490)
-4.57 4270a 6210a 3111 2180a
(-15) (9420)a (13,680)a (6860) (4800)a
-6.10 5480a 6130a 3106 910a
(-20) (12090)a (13,510)a (6850) (2010)a
-7.62 6990a 5790 a 3630a
(-25) (15410)a (12,770) a (8010)a
-9.14 9010a 5090a 3030a
(-30) (19860)a (11,230)a (6680)a
-10.67 3750a
(-35) (8270)a
a
TX,115,DY2854 –19–10JUN97–2/2
115–17 070397
PN=316
Specifications
690E LC LONG FRONT (10,200 LB COUNTERWEIGHT)—KG (LB)
Counterweight: 4626 kg (10,200 lb)

TX,115,DY2858 –19–10JUN97–1/2
115–18 070397
PN=317
Specifications
LIFTING OVER SIDE

Load Point Height
m 3.05 6.10 9.14 12.19 15.24
(ft) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50)
10.67 360a
(35) (790)a
9.14 640a
(30) (1420)a
7.62 1050a
(25) (2320)a
6.10 1330a
(20) (2940)a
4.57 1960a 1560a
(15) (4330)a (3450)a
3.05 2340a 1390 250a
(10) (5170)a (3070)a (550)a
1.52 2680a 4060a 2250 1330 220 a
(5) (5910)a (8950)a (4950) (2930) (480)a
Ground 1880a 3840 2100 1260 270 a
Level (4150)a (8460) (4620) (2780) (600)a
-1.52 2420a 3580 1970 1210
(-5) (5340)a (7890) (4350) (2670)
-3.05 3260a 3430 1890 1170
(-10) (7190)a (7570) (4160) (2590)
-4.57 4270a 3380 1841 1160
(-15) (9420)a (7440) (4060) (2560)
-6.10 5480a 3390 1838 910a
(-20) (12090)a (7470) (4050) (2010)a
-7.62 6990a 3460 1880
(-25) (15410)a (7630) (4150)
-9.14 9010a 3600 1990
(-30) (19860)a (7930) (4400)
-10.67 3750a
(-35) (8270)a
a
TX,115,DY2858 –19–10JUN97–2/2
115–19 070397
PN=318
Specifications
690E LC AND 690E LC LONG FRONT DRAIN AND REFILL CAPACITIES
Metric English
Fuel tank 303 L 80 gal
Cooling system 41.5 L 11 gal
Engine lubrication, including filter 19 L 5 gal
Hydraulic tank 151.8 L 40 gal
Swing gear 21.8 kg 48 lb
Propel gearbox (each) 3.8 L 4.0 qt
TX,115,DY2859 –19–10JUN97–1/1
115–20 070397
PN=319
Specifications
115–1 070397
PN=320
HELP PREVENT CRIME
You can help take a bite out of crime by properly

documenting ownership and discouraging theft.
TS140 –19–07OCT88
DX,CRPRV,A –19–03MAR93–1/1
RECORD IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
1. Mark your machines with your own unique numbering

system.
2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of the

unit and also individual component identification
TS156 –UN–23MAR89
numbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include the
PIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,
financial, and warranty papers.
DX,CRPRV,H –19–04JUN90–1/1
KEEP PROOF OF OWNERSHIP
1. Take color photographs from several angles of each

machine.
2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines. TS157 –UN–23MAR89
3. Keep your documented identification numbers, color

photographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.
DX,CRPRV,I –19–04JUN90–1/1
120–1 070397
PN=321
PARK INDOORS OUT OF SIGHT
Make machines hard to move:
• Park large equipment in front of exits.

• Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.
• Remove battery when unit is in storage.
TS158 –UN–23MAR89
• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.
• Lock building.
DX,CRPRV,J –19–04JUN90–1/1
WHEN PARKING OUTDOORS
Make machines hard to move:
• Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.

• Lower all equipment to the ground.
• Remove ignition key.
• Remove battery when unit is storage.
• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.
DX,CRPRV,K –19–04JUN90–1/1
REDUCE VANDALISM
1. Install vandal-proof devices.
2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Take

written notes of suspicious vehicles or persons and
–UN–22FEB90
report your findings to law enforcement agency.
3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not been

removed. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.
Order duplicate plates from your dealer. T7223BB
TX,110,DH1093 –19–09DEC93–1/1
120–2 070397
PN=322
REPORT THEFTS IMMEDIATELY
1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agency

and insurance agent.
2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all of

the documented identification numbers and color
photographs.
3. Request verification of the identification numbers after

they have been entered with any regional or national
crime information center. Double check the numbers to
be sure they are correct.
4. Notify your John Deere dealer of the theft and request

that its loss be posted with full description and
identification numbers.
TS146 –UN–09JAN89
DX,CRPRV,G –19–03MAR93–1/1
120–3 070397
PN=323
120–4 070397
PN=324
Index
Page Page
A 4 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
50 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Accessory Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14 Bucket selection chart
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-5
Acid burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-10 Bucket specifications
Adjustment 690E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13
Arm cylinder restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
Bucket linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-22 Bucket
Engine valve lash (clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-22
Long front valve spool stop screw . . . . . . . . . 90-19 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21
Track sag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Buzzer stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-9
Travel alarm volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16 Bypass, system controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26
Air cleaner dust cup and unloader valve
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Air C
Cleaner unloader valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Filter clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Cab
Filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . 10-3, 10-4, 55-2
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 10-15
Intake hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Alternator
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-20
Antifreeze test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Carrier roller oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Attachment
Long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24 Cigar lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Quick-coupler type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25 Cold weather
Auto-idle Warm up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Console, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12, 35-7 Continuous wiper indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Control lever pattern conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Conversion
Control lever pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
B Coolant level recovery bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Coolant, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20 Coolant
Battery Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Acid burns. . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 90-10 Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-6
Charger. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 90-10 Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Electrolyte level. . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .55-6, 80-4 Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Explosion . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 90-10 Level indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Removing . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 90-11 Temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5
Service . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . 90-8 Temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5
Specification . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 90-11 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Terminal . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .55-6, 80-4 Cooling system
Bleeding fuel system . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . 90-2 Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Boost starting . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . 25-5 Cooling
Break-in System, fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
10 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Cylinder
100 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Index-1
PN=1
Index
Page Page
D Valve lash (clearance) adjustment . . . . . . . . . 85-5
Daily inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1

Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 F
Digging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15
Door Fan
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30 Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Draining final fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Draining primary fuel filter (water separator) . . . . 90-6 Filter
Driving Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Embankment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Hydraulic breather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-9, 86-3
Light indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Hydraulic pilot control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
Long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 Hydraulic return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8
On a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Flared connections, tapered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Dusty Primary Element Flat face O-ring seal fitting torque values . . . . . 90-34
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Front idler
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
E Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-6
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Economy Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Tank sump drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Electrical Fuse
Fuse specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12 Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Electrolyte Color codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12
Engine oil
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Engine
Battery boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 G
Coolant change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Gauge
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-3 Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5
Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-6
Oil break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 General mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Grease
Oil filter change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Oil level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-7 Swing bearing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 Working tool pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-4
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Speed control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Speed decrease switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 H
Speed increase switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Heater
Starting fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Heavy duty mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 High speed propel mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Index-2
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Hose Propel-high speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Air intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3 Propel-low speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3 Propel-medium speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3, 10-8, 50-1 Radiator coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Hydraulic reservoir breather filter Swing brake release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-2 Work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Hydraulic Work-economy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Breather filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-9, 86-3 Work-general mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Control shut-off lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Work-heavy duty mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Diffuser screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-9, 86-3 Work-precision mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Fitting, 30 deg. cone seat torque values . . . . 90-35 Injection
Fitting, 37 deg. flare torque values . . . . . . . . 90-35 Nozzles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-9, 86-3 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6
Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5 Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Instrument
Oil level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-7 After starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Before starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Pilot control filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Intermittent wiper indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Pump serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Return filter change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8
System operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20
System, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-14 J
Tank inlet screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
I
K
Idle mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting torque Key switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37
Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-26
Indicator
Air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3, 10-4, 55-2 L
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Auto-idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Latch
Continuous wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Leveling machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15
Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5 Lever
Driving light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Cab door release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 10-15
Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-7 Hydraulic control shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-4 Left control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-1, 35-4
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Pilot control shut-off lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Hydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-5 Propel, removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Hydraulic oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3, 10-7 Propel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Hydraulic oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Right control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-1, 35-4
Intermittent wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Low fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Lift capacity
Power-economy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 690E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-14
Power-light duty mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
Power-low idle mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Lifting
Power-max. power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 With machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23
Index-3
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Light duty Mode

Mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Power-economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Power-light duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Power-low idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Light Power-max. power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Propel-high speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Propel-low speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Lighter, cigar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Propel-medium speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Lock Switch, work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-9 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30 Work-economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Long front attachment Work-general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6 Work-heavy duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Long front Work-precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 Monitor panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-10 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4
Valve spool stop screw adjustment . . . . . . . . 90-19
Low
Fuel level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 O
Idle mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Idle mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
O-ring boss fitting torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32
Speed propel mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Oil filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Lower boom (engine stopped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28
Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Lubricant
Oil
Alternative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Change engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Change hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-9, 86-3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Change propel gearbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1
Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Level engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Lubricate
Level hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Swing bearing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Level propel gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4
Working tool pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Specification carrier roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Specification front idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Specification hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
M Specification propel gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Specification track roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Machine Oily or Sooty Primary Element
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-5 Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-9 Operating Information
Maintenance Long front attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24
Machine position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115-4, 115-13
Schedule and record. . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-7, CLIS-1 Operational checkout
Max. Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28
Power mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Power mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20
Medium speed propel mode indicator. . . . . . . . 10-12 Operator station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5
Metric four bolt flange fitting torque values . . . . 90-39 Seat, Door, Window, and Latch. . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-28 Seats, Doors, Windows, and Locks . . . . . . . . 95-30
Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 Undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-18
Index-4
PN=4
Index
Page Page
Operator station check S

Engine ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10
Safety messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1
Seat
P
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
PIN (product identification number). . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Specification
Parking machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-8
690E LC bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
Pedal
690E LC long front bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13
Propel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
690E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-10
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
Pilot Battery electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Control shut-off lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11
Carrier roller oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Power
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Boost switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 35-10
Front idler oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12
Pre-operation
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Level check switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 25-1
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Propel gearbox oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Precision mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Track roller oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Primary fuel filter (water separator)
Speed
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Switch, propel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Product identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Propel Spoil pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18
Start aid switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Gearbox oil change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1
Starting fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4
Steering
Gearbox oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Gearbox serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Lever, removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 30-3
Storage
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 30-1
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Speed decrease switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Speed increase switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Speed indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Speed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6 Sump
Pump Fuel tank drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Swing upperstructure (engine stopped) . . . . . . 35-30
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Swing
Area cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21
Bearing gear lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
R Brake release switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12, 35-6
Switch
Radiator Auto-idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12, 35-7
Coolant level indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Buzzer stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-9
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-3 Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Raise boom (engine stopped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Recovery bottle Panel 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2 Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 Power boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1, 35-10
Roof vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Power-economy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Index-5
PN=5
Index
Page Page
Power-light duty mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Travel alarm

Power-low idle mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Power-max. power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 System check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Volume adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Pre-operation level check . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 25-1 Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18
Propel speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6 Troubleshooting
Propel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-14
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Truck loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21
Start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Swing brake release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12, 35-6
Travel alarm cancel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
U
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-10
Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-10
Undercarriage operational checkout . . . . . . . . . 95-18
Work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Work mode select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12, 35-9
Synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
System controller bypass procedure . . . . . . . . . 35-26 V
Valve
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
T Spool stop screw adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Vent
Tool Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Secondary Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Torque value
Track shoe cap screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25 W
Torque values
30 deg. cone seat hydraulic fitting. . . . . . . . . 90-35 Washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-10
37 deg. flare hydraulic fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35 Weight
Flared connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36 690E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13
Flat face O-ring seal fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-4
Inch SAE four bolt flange fittings . . . . . . . . . . 90-37 Welding on machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-26 Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30 Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-30
Metric four bolt flange fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-39 Windshield
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-28 Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
O-Ring boss fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32 Wiper switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8, 10-10
Oil line fittings and nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31 Work
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Light indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Track Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22 Mode select switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4 Working ranges
Roller oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 690E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-12
Sag check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 690E LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-3
Sag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Shoe cap screw torque value . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Transporting
790E LC long front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Trash screen
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10
Index-6
PN=6
Checklists
KEEPING SYSTEM
BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS

Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in Chapter 15. Refer to Chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machine
operation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in Chapter 50.
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Check and adjust track sag • Inspect belt
• Check air cleaner dust cup/unloader valve • Check engine air cleaner elements
• Drain fuel tank sump • Clean battery terminals
• Drain water separator • Clean trash screen
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check engine oil level • Check coolant level at recovery tank
• Check and clean dust cup/unloader valve • Check hydraulic oil level
Every 50 Hours
• Lubricate boom, arm, and linkage pivot points
TX,CLIS,DY2860 –19–10JUN97–1/3
CLIS–1 070397
PN=331
Checklists
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
Part Number 250 Hours 500 Hours 1000 Hours 2000 Hours
Engine Oil Filters RE59754 1 1 1 1
Final Fuel Filter RE62419 1 1 1
Primary Fuel Filter (Water Separator) RE62424 1 1 1
Air Filter Primary AR79679 1 1
Air Filter Secondary AR79680 1 1
Dust Cup/Unloader Valve T23263 1 1
Hydraulic System Return Oil Filter AT147343 1 1 1
Pilot Control Oil Filter AT147496 1 1
Hydraulic Tank Breather Filter AT79590 1 1
TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50 Oil 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal) 19 L (5 gal)
HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic 148 L (39 gal)
Oil
API GL-5 Gear Oil 4.8 L (9 qt)
Coolant Conditioner TY16004 0.5 L (16 oz) 0.5 L (16 oz) 0.5 L (16 oz)
OILSCAN Plus Test Packages
Diesel Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1 1
Diesel Engine for Extended Oil Drain AT178842 1 1 1 1
Transmission and Gearbox Oil AT178843 1 4 4 4
Hydraulic & Hydrostatic Oil AT178844 1 1 1 1
CoolScan Kit DSO251a 1
a
Ten samples per kit.

Company.
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
CoolScan is a trademark of Deere & Company. TX,CLIS,DY2860 –19–10JUN97–2/3
CLIS–2 070397
PN=332
Checklists
Model: 690E LC Customer:

PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain/change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000, 2000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN Plus will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information you
supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
Every 250 Hours
❒ Change engine oil and filters ❒ Check coolant level at radiator
❒ Check propel gearbox oil level ❒ Lubricate swing bearing
Comments:

Every 500 Hours
❒ Grease swing gear ❒ Check battery electrolyte level, clean terminals
❒ Change final fuel filter ❒ Change hydraulic system return filter
❒ Check air intake hoses ❒ Change primary fuel filter/water separator
❒ Add coolant conditioner
Comments:

Every 1000 Hours
❒ Replace air cleaner primary element and dust cup/unloader valve ❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Check and adjust engine speed linkage ❒ Clean hydraulic pilot control filter
❒ Check and adjust engine valve lash
Comments:

Every 2000 Hours
❒ Change propel gearbox oil ❒ Change hydraulic system oil and clean diffuser screen
❒ Change hydraulic reservoir breather filter
Comments:
OILSCAN Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TX,CLIS,DY2860 –19–10JUN97–3/3
CLIS–3 070397
PN=333
PARTS CATALOG
The parts catalog lists service parts available for your

machine with exploded view illustrations to help you
identify the correct parts. It is also useful in assembling
and disassembling.
DX,PARTS –19–03MAR93–1/1
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
The operator’s manual provides safety, operating,

maintenance, and service information about John Deere
machines.
An extra copy of the operator’s manual is available. The
TS191 –UN–02DEC88
operator’s manual and safety signs on your machine may
also be available in other languages. (See your John
Deere dealer to order.)
DX,INDOM –19–17SEP92–1/1
TECHNICAL AND SERVICE MANUALS
Technical and service manuals are service guides for your

machine. Included in the manual are specifications,
diagnosis, and adjustments. Also illustrations of assembly
and disassembly procedures, hydraulic oil flows, and
wiring diagrams.
Component technical manuals are required for some

products. These supplemental manuals cover specific
components.
DX,TM –19–03MAR93–1/1
SLIT–1 070397
PN=327
FUNDAMENTALS OF SERVICE MANUALS
These basic manuals cover most makes and types of

machines. FOS manuals tell you how to SERVICE
machine systems. Each manual starts with basic theory
and is fully illustrated with colorful diagrams and
photographs. Both the “whys” and “hows” of adjustments
TS193 –UN–02DEC88
and repairs are covered in this reference library.
John Deere Distribution Service Center

Service Publications Department
P.O. Box 186, Moline, IL, 61266-0186
To order, fill out this form and mail it to the address above. Check for
prices with your John Deere dealer or call 1-800-522-7448 . You may
also place credit card orders by calling this number. Make checks
payable to Deere & Co. Service Publications. Allow three weeks for
delivery. No COD orders. Do not send cash or stamps. If you want
manuals or catalogs for equipment not shown on this list, provide the
model number, serial number, and name of the product.
Name
Address
City
State Zip
Phone ( )
Shipping &
Method of Payment Subtotal Handling
❒ Check or Money Order enclosed $0.50 to $24.99 $3.50
❒ John Deere ❒ Farm Plan 25.00 to 49.99 5.00
❒ MasterCard ❒ Discover 50.00 to 99.99 6.50
❒ Visa ❒ American 100.00 to 9.00
Express 199.99
200.00 and over 4.5% of
subtotal
Credit Card Acct. No. (13 or 16 digits)
Expiration date: Optional shipping available.
Please check and add cost to
normal shipping above.
❒ 1 day air $15.00
Your Signature ❒ 2 day air $10.00
TX,SLIT,DY2861 –19–10JUN97–1/2
SLIT–2 070397
PN=328
Title Order Number Price Each x Quantity = Total

690E LC Excavator
Parts Catalog PC2331
Operator’s Manual OMT162125
Technical Manual (Operation and Test) TM1508
Technical Manual (Repair) TM1509
Component Manual-Engine CTM104
Safety Manual DB1228
FOS Manual—Hydraulics FOS1005B
FOS Manual—Electrical Systems FOS2006B
FOS Manual—Engines FOS3007B
FOS Manual—Power Trains FOS4006B
FOS Manual—Shop Tools FOS5105B
FOS Manual—Welding FOS5207B
FOS Manual—Belts and Chains FOS5304B
FOS Manual—Bearings and Seals FOS5405B
FOS Manual—Tires and Tracks FOS5507B
FOS Manual—Air Conditioning FOS5707B
FOS Manual—Fuels, Lubricants & Coolants FOS5807B
FOS Manual—Fasteners FOS6004B
FOS Manual—Iden. of Parts Failures FOS6104B
1—1-1/2-in. 3-Post Binder (600 pages SX2066
max.)
2—3-1/2-in. 3-Post Binder (1400 pages SX2064
max.)
2—4-in. 4-Post Expandable (2000 pages SX2056
max.)
Illinois state residents add 6.25% and Iowa state residents add 5% for Retail Occupation Tax or show tax exemption
number. Other states excluded.
Total Shipping & Handling
Amount Due in U.S. Dollars (Prices subject to change without notice. SEP-95)
TX,SLIT,DY2861 –19–10JUN97–2/2
SLIT–3 070397
PN=329
SLIT–1 070397
PN=330
John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job
JOHN DEERE IS AT YOUR SERVICE WHEN YOU NEED IT
–19–02AUG96
TS1655
DX,IBC,4 –19–12SEP95–1/1
00–1 070397
PN=334

OMT162125 Unlocked

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OMT162125 Unlocked

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

O

John Deere Dubuque Works

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

HELP!! HELP!! HELP!! HELP!!

We need your help to continually improve our technical

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800

OMT162125 690E LC Excavator Operator’s Manual

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

Dealer Acct. No.

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Break-In

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

Work Mode Indicator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-7 Accessories Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-28

690E LC Long Front Lift Capacity (8,200

Crime Prevention Tips

John Deere Service Literature Available

John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job

RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near

FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

Keep your machine in proper working condition.

AVOID INJURY FROM:

Keep the trailer bed clean.

Put chock blocks against truck wheels.

Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong

If machine is equipped with a seatbelt, fasten it before

Drive machine on or off the ramp slowly.

Fasten chains or cables to machine tracks or track chain

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER

To avoid backover accidents:

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that

Keep travel alarm in working condition.

Use a signal person when backing up if view is

Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings used

Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good

Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As

Read and understand the operating instructions in this

AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAY

Select level ground when possible to park machine.

Pull pilot control shut-off lever to locked position.

Lower all equipment to ground.

Stop the engine.

Block all tracks if you must park on a grade. Position

Park a reasonable distance from other machines.

Read and understand the operating instructions in this

Inspect your machine carefully each day by walking

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.

When you get on and off the machine, always maintain a

Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or

Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and

USE SEAT BELT

Always use the seat belt when operating your machine.

MAINTAIN SEAT BELT

It is important to use the seat belt on ROPS equipped

Between replacement intervals:

Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attaching